annotate lisp/loaddefs.el @ 36338:45507c61ceef

(Customizing Faces): Remove doubled `the'.
author Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
date Fri, 23 Feb 2001 12:50:41 +0000
parents 3fbc0a866e43
children 7ac492184bca
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2 ;;
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3 ;;; Code:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14885 9171))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11 Play 5x5.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14 squares you must fill the grid.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
30
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
33
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
36
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
39
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
42 mutating the result." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
43
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
46
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
51
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
52 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
53
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
55 ;;;;;; (14977 55687))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
57
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
61 extensions.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
63 name" nil nil)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
64
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
67
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
69
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
72
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
75
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
78
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
80
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
83
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
86
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
92
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
93 If you use imenu.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
95
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
96 If you use find-file.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
107
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
108 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
109
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
111 ;;;;;; (14900 39720))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
113
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
117 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
118
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (14976 13200))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
149 current buffer to the complete file name.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
150 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
152 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
153 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
154 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
155 name and site.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
157 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
158 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
159 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
160 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
161 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
163 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
164 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
166 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
167 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
168 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
169 name and site.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
170 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
171 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
173 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
174 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
176 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
177 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
178 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
179 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
180 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
181 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
183 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
184 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
186 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
187 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
189 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
190 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
192 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
193 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
195 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
196 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
198 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
199 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
200 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
201 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
202 `add-log-current-defun-function'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
204 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
205
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
206 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
207 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
208 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
209 the appropriate motion commands).
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
210
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
211 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
212 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
213
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
214 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
215 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
216
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
217 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
219 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
220 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14874
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
221 ;;;;;; 16519))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
222 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
224 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
225 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
226 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
227 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
228 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
229 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
230 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
231 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
232 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
233 interpreted as `error'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
235 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
236 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
237 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
238 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
239 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
240 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
241 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
242 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
244 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
245 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
246 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
247 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
248 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
249 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
250 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
251 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
252 will be overwritten with the new one.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
253 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
254 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
255 will clear the cache." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
257 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
258 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
259 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
261 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
262 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
263 BODY... )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
265 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
266 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
267 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
268 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
269 see also `ad-add-advice'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
270 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
271 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
272 before/around/after-advices will be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
273 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
274 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
275 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
276 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
277 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
278 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
280 Semantics of the various flags:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
281 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
282 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
283 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
285 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
286 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
288 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
289 advised function should be compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
290
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
291 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
292 during activation until somebody enables it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
294 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
295 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
296 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
297 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
299 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
300 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
301 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
302 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
303 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
304 during preloading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
305
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
306 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
308 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
309
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
310 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
311 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
312 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (14823 12922))
27327
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
313 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
314
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
315 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
316 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
317 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
318 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
319 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
320 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
321 rule's `separate' attribute).
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
322
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
323 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
324 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
325 `separate' attribute set.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
326
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
327 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
328 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
329 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
330 on the format of these lists." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
331
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
332 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
333 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
334 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
335 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
336 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
337 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
338 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
339 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
340 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
341 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
342 options.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
343
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
344 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
345 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
346
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
347 Fred (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
348 Alice (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
349 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
350 Joe (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
351
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
352 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
353 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
354 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
355
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
356 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
357 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
358 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
359 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
360 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
361 align that section." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
362
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
363 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
364 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
365 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
366 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
367 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
368 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
369 been used to align that section." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
370
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
371 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
372 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
373 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
374 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
375 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
376 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
377 to be colored." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
378
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
379 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
380 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
381
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
382 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
383 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
384
27327
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
385 ;;;***
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
386
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
387 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
388 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14868 1431))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
390 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
392 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
393 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
394 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
395 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
396 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
397 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
399 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
401 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
403 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
405 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
406
35744
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
407 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
408 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (14965 36567))
35744
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
409 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
410
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
411 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
412 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil)
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
413
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
414 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
415 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
416
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
417 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
418 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
419 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
420 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
421
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
422 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
423 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
424
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
425 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil)
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
426
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
427 ;;;***
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
428
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
429 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
430 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (14885 13587))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
432
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
433 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
434 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
435 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
436 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
437 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
438 \\[yank].
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
439
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
440 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
441 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
442 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
443 the rules.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
444
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
445 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
446 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
447 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
448 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil)
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
449
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
450 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
451 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
452 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
453
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
454 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
455 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
456 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
457
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
458 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
459
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
460 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
461 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
462 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
463 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14726 36008))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
464 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
466 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
467 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
468 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
469 as the first thing on a line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
471 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
472 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
474 (defvar appt-audible t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
475 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
477 (defvar appt-visible t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
478 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
480 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
481 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
483 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
484 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
486 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
487 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
489 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
490 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
491 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
493 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
494 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
495 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
497 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
498 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
499
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
500 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
501 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
502 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
503 put in the appointments list.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
504 02/23/89
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
505 12:00pm lunch
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
506 Wednesday
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
507 10:00am group meeting
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
508 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
509 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
510 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
512 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
514 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
515 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14883
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
516 ;;;;;; 29489))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
517 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
518
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
519 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
520 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
521
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
522 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
523
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
524 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
525 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
526 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
527 normal variables." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
529 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
531 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
532 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
533 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
534 noninteractive functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
536 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
537 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
539 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
540 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
541 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
542 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
543 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
545 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
546 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
547 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
548 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
549 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
551 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
552 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
553 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
554 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
555 bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
556 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
558 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
559
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
560 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14826
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
561 ;;;;;; 51988))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
562 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
564 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
565 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
566 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
567 Letters no longer insert themselves.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
568 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
569 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
571 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
572 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
573 archive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
575 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
577 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
578
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
579 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14777 22130))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
580 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
582 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
583 Major mode for editing arrays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
585 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
586 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
587 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
588
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
589 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
591 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
592 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
593 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
595 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
596 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
597 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
598 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
599 The variables are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
601 Variables you assign:
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
602 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
603 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
604 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
605 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
606 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
607 row numbers in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
609 Variables which are calculated:
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
610 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
611 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
613 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
614 take a numeric prefix argument):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
616 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
617 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
618 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
619 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
621 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
622 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
623 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
624 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
626 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
627 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
628 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
629 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
631 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
632 between that of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
634 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
635 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
637 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
638 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
639 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
640 newlines inside rows)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
642 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
644 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
646 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
647
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
648 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (14924
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
649 ;;;;;; 25355))
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
650 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
651
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
652 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
653 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
654 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
655 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
656
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
657 How to quit artist mode
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
658
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
659 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
660
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
661
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
662 How to submit a bug report
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
663
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
664 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
665
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
666
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
667 Drawing with the mouse:
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
668
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
669 mouse-2
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
670 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
671 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
672 below).
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
673
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
674 mouse-1
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
675 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
676 or pastes:
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
677
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
678 Operation Not shifted Shifted
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
679 --------------------------------------------------------------
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
680 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
681 to new point
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
682 --------------------------------------------------------------
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
683 Line Line in any direction Straight line
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
684 --------------------------------------------------------------
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
685 Rectangle Rectangle Square
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
686 --------------------------------------------------------------
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
687 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
688 --------------------------------------------------------------
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
689 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
690 --------------------------------------------------------------
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
691 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
692 --------------------------------------------------------------
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
693 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
694 --------------------------------------------------------------
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
695 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
696 --------------------------------------------------------------
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
697 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
698 lines
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
699 --------------------------------------------------------------
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
700 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
701 --------------------------------------------------------------
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
702 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
703 --------------------------------------------------------------
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
704 Paste Paste Paste
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
705 --------------------------------------------------------------
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
706 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
707 --------------------------------------------------------------
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
708
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
709 * Straight lines can only go horiziontally, vertically
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
710 or diagonally.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
711
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
712 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
713 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
714 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
715 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
716 poly-lines.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
717
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
718 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
719 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
720 overwrite means the opposite.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
721
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
722 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
723 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
724 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
725
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
726 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
727
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
728 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
729 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
730
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
731 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
732 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
733 are currently drawing something.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
734
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
735 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
736 some time to fill.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
737
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
738
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
739 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
740 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
741
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
742
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
743 Settings
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
744
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
745 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
746
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
747 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
748
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
749 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
750
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
751 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
752
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
753 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
754 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
755
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
756 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
757
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
758
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
759 Drawing with keys
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
760
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
761 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
762 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
763 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
764 When erase characters: toggles erasing
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
765 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
766 When pasting: Pastes
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
767
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
768 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
769
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
770 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
771
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
772 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
773 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
774 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
775 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
776 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
777 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
778
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
779
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
780 Arrows
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
781
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
782 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
783 of the line/poly-line
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
784
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
785 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
786 of the line/poly-line
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
787
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
788
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
789 Selecting operation
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
790
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
791 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
792
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
793 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
794 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
795 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
796 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
797 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
798 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
799 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
800 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
801 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
802 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
803 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
804 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
805 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
806 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
807 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
808 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
809 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
810 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
811 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
812 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
813
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
814
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
815 Variables
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
816
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
817 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
818 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
819
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
820 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
821 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
822 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
823 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
824 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
825 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
826 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
827 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
828 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
829 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
830 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
831 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
832 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
833 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
834 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
835 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
836 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
837 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
838 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
839
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
840 Hooks
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
841
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
842 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
843 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
844
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
845
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
846 Keymap summary
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
847
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
848 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil)
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
849
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
850 ;;;***
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
851
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
852 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
853 ;;;;;; 20134))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
856 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
857 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
858 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
860 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
861 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
862 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
863 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
865 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
866 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
868 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
869 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
870
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
871 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
873 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
874 \\{asm-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
875 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
877 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
878
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
879 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
880 ;;;;;; (14901 18790))
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
883 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
884 Obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
886 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
887 This command is obsolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
889 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
890
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
891 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
892 ;;;;;; (14777 22131))
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
893 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
894
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
895 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
896 Toggle Autoarg mode on or off.
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
897 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
898 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
899 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
900
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
901 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
902
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
903 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
904
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
905 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
906 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
907 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
908 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
909 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
910 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
911 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
912 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
913 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
914 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
915
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
916 For example:
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
917 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
918 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
919 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
920 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
921 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
922
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
923 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
924
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
925 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
926 Toggle Autoarg-Kp mode on or off.
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
927 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
928 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
929 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
930
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
931 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
932
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
933 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg))
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
934
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
935 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
936 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
937 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
938 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
939 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
940 &c to supply digit arguments.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
941
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
942 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
943
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
944 ;;;***
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
945
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
946 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
947 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
949
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
950 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
951 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
952
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
953 ;;;***
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
954
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
955 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
956 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14898 8348))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
957 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
959 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
960 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
961 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
963 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
964 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
965 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
966 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
967
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
968 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
969 Toggle Auto-Insert mode on or off.
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
970 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
971 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
972 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
973
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
974 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
975
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
976 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
977
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
978 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
979 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
980 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
981 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
982
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
983 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
984 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
986 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
988 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
989 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
990 ;;;;;; (14895 24173))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
991 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
993 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
994 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
995 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
997 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
998 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
999 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1001 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1002 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1003 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1005 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1007 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1008 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
1009 ;;;;;; (14777 22132))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1010 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1011
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1012 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1013 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1014
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1015 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1016 instead.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1017
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1018 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1019 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1020
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1021 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1022 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1023
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1024 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1025
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1026 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1027
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1028 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1029 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1031 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1032 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1033 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1035 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1036 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1038 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1039 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1041 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1042 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1044 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1045 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1046 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1048 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1049
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
1050 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
1051 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14877 10207))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1052 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1053
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
1054 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
1055 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
1056 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
1057 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
1058 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
1059
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
1060 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
1061
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
1062 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
1063
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1064 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1065 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1066 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1067 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1068
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
1069 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1070 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1071 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1072
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
1073 Effects of the different modes:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1074 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1075 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1076 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1077 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1078 a random distance & direction.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1079 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1080 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1081 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1083 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1085 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1086 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1087 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1089 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1090
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
1091 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14854
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
1092 ;;;;;; 32223))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1093 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1095 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1096 Major mode for editing AWK code.
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
1097 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
1098 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1099 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1100
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
1101 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1103 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1105 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
1106 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1107 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1109 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1110 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1112 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1113 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1115 For example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1117 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1118 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1119 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1120 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1122 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1124 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1126 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1128 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
1129 ;;;;;; (14987 38427))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1130 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1132 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1133 Display battery status information in the echo area.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
1134 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1135 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1137 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1138 Display battery status information in the mode line.
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1139 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1140 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1141 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1142 seconds." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1144 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1145
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
1146 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14977
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
1147 ;;;;;; 55968))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1148 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1150 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1151 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1153 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1154 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1155 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1156 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1157 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1160 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1162 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1163 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1164 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1165 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1166 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1168 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1169 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1170 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1171 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1172 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1173 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1175 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1176 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1177 BibTeX mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1180 Special information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1182 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1184 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1185 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1186 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1187 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1188 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1189 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1190 current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1191 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1192 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1194 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1195 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1196 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1197 bibtex-entry-format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1198 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1199 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1200 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1202 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1203 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1205 The following may be of interest as well:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1207 Functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1208 bibtex-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1209 bibtex-kill-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1210 bibtex-yank-pop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1211 bibtex-pop-previous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1212 bibtex-pop-next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1213 bibtex-complete-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1214 bibtex-complete-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1215 bibtex-print-help-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1216 bibtex-generate-autokey
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1217 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1218 bibtex-end-of-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1219 bibtex-reposition-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1220 bibtex-mark-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1221 bibtex-ispell-abstract
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1222 bibtex-ispell-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1223 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1224 bibtex-sort-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1225 bibtex-validate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1226 bibtex-count
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1227 bibtex-fill-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1228 bibtex-reformat
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1229 bibtex-convert-alien
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1231 Variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1232 bibtex-field-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1233 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1234 bibtex-include-OPTkey
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1235 bibtex-user-optional-fields
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1236 bibtex-entry-format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1237 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1238 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1239 bibtex-entry-field-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1240 bibtex-predefined-strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1241 bibtex-string-files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1243 ---------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1244 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1245 non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1247 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1249 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1250
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
1251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (14849 20131))
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
1252 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
1253
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
1254 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
1255
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
1256 ;;;***
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
1257
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1258 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1259 ;;;;;; 27947))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1260 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1262 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1263 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1264 the default is 4.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1266 What is blackbox?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1268 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1269 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1270 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1271 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1272 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1273 your score.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1275 Overview of play:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1277 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1278 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1279 four.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1281 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1282 movement keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1284 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1285 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1287 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1288 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1290 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1291 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1292 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1293 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1294 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1295 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1297 Details:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1299 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1301 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1302 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1303 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1304 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1306 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1307 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1308 denoted by the letter `R'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1310 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1311 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1312 denoted by the letter `H'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1314 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1315 example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1317 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1318 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1319 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1320 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1321 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1322 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1323 ray.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1325 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1326 degree deflection it causes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1328 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1329 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1330 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1331 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1332 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1333 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1334 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1335 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1336 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1337 2 3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1339 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1340 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1343 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1344 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1345 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1346 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1347 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1348 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1349 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1350 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1352 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1353 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1354 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1355 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1356 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1357 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1358 emerging from the box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1360 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1362 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1363 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1364 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1365 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1366 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1367 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1368 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1369 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1371 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1372 a reflection." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1374 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1376 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1377 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1378 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1379 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1380 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
1381 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14946 52018))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1382 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1383 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1384 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1385 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1387 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1388 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1389 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1390 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1391 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1392 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1394 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1396 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1398 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1400 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1402 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1404 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1406 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1408 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1410 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1412 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1414 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1416 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1418 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1420 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1421 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1422 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1423 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1424 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1425 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1426 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1427 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1428 recent one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1430 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1431 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1432 yank successive words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1434 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1435 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1436 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1437 name of the file being visited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1439 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1440 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1441 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1443 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
35411
be20c22dc16d 2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 35196
diff changeset
1444 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1445 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1446 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1447 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1448 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1450 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1451 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1452 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1453 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1455 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1456 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1457 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1458 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1459 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1461 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1462 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1463 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1464 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1466 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1468 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1469 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1470 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1471 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1473 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1474 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1475 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1477 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1478 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1479 name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1481 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
35411
be20c22dc16d 2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 35196
diff changeset
1482 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1483 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1484 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1485 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1486 this." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1488 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
35411
be20c22dc16d 2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 35196
diff changeset
1489 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1490 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1491 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1492 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1493 one most recently used in this file, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1494 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1495 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1497 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1498 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1499 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1501 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1502 Save currently defined bookmarks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1503 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1504 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1505 \(second argument).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1507 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1508 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1509 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1510 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1511 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1513 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1514 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1515 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1516 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1518 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1519 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1520 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1521 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1522 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1523 while loading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1525 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1526 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1527 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1528 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1529 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1530 explicitly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1532 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1533 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1534 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1535 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1537 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1538 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1539 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1540 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1541 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1543 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1545 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1547 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
35411
be20c22dc16d 2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 35196
diff changeset
1548 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1549 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1550 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1551 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1552 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1554 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1555 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1556 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1558 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
35411
be20c22dc16d 2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 35196
diff changeset
1559 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1560 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1561 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1562 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1563 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1564
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1565 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1566 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1567 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1569 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
35411
be20c22dc16d 2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 35196
diff changeset
1570 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1571 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1573 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1574 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1575 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1577 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
35411
be20c22dc16d 2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 35196
diff changeset
1578 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1579 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1580 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
35411
be20c22dc16d 2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 35196
diff changeset
1581 prompts for NEWNAME.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1582 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1583 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1584 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1586 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1587 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1588 name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1590 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1591 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1592 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1594 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
35411
be20c22dc16d 2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 35196
diff changeset
1595 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1596 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1597 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1598 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1599 one most recently used in this file, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1601 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1602 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1603 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1605 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1607 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1609 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1611 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1613 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1615 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1617 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1619 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1621 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1623 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1625 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1627 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1629 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1631 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1632 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1633 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1634 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-netscape
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1635 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1636 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1637 ;;;;;; browse-url-generic-program browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1638 ;;;;;; browse-url-new-window-p browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
1639 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (14930 62509))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
1640 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1642 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1643 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1644 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1645 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1647 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1648 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1649 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1650 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1651 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1653 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1654 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1655 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1656 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1657 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1659 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1660 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1662 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1663 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1664 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1666 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1667 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1669 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1670 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1671 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1672 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1673 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1674 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1676 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1677 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1678 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1679 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1680 narrowed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1682 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1683 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1685 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1686 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1688 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1689 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1690 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1691 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1693 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1694 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1695 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1696 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1698 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1699 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1700 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1701 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1702 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1703 to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1705 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1706 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1707 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1708 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1710 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1711 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1712 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1713 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1715 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1716 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1717
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1718 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1719 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1720 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1721 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1722
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1723 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1724 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1725 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1726 effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1727
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1728 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1729 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
1730
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1731 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1732 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1734 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1735 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1736 program is invoked according to the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1737 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1739 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1740 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1741 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1742 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1744 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1745 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1747 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1748 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1749 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1751 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1752 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1753 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1754 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1756 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1757 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1758 Default to the URL around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1760 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1761 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1762 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1764 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1765 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1766 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1767 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1769 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1770 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1772 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1773 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1774 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1776 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1777 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1778 Default to the URL around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1780 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1781 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1782 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1784 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1785 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1787 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1788 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1789 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1790 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1792 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1793 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1794 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1795 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1796 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1798 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1799 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1800 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1801 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1803 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1804 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1805 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1806 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1808 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1809 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1811 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1812 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1813 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1815 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1816 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1817 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1818 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1819 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1820 current one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1822 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1823 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1824 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1825 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1827 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1828 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1830 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1831 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1832 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1833 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1834 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1835 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1837 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1839 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1840 ;;;;;; 42538))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1841 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1843 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1844 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1846 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1847 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1849 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1850
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1851 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
1852 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14886 21763))
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1853 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1854
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1855 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1856 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1857 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1858 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1859
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1860 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1861 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1862 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1863 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1864
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1865 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1866 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1867
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1868 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
1869 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1870 \\<bs-mode-map>
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1871 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1872 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1873 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1874 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1875
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1876 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1877 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1878 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1879 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1880 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1881
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1882 ;;;***
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1883
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1884 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1885 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1886 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
1887 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14938 58920))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1888 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1890 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1891 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1892 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1894 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1895 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1896 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1897 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1899 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1900 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1901 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1902 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1904 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1906 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1907 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1909 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1910 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1911 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1912 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1913 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1915 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1916 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1917 Print the result in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1918 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1920 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1921 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1922 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1924 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1925 Display a call graph of a specified file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1926 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1927 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1928 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1929 all functions called by those functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1931 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1932 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1933 cons, etc.).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1935 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1936 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1937 invoked interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1939 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1940 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1941 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1942 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1943 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1944 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1946 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1947 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1948 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1949 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1951 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1954 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1956 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1958 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1960 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1962 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1963 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1964 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1966 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1967 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1968 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1969 from the cursor position." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1971 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1972
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
1973 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14948
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
1974 ;;;;;; 8074))
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1975 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1976
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1977 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
1978 Run the Emacs calculator.
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1979 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1980
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1981 ;;;***
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1982
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1983 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1984 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1985 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1986 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1987 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1988 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1989 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1990 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1991 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1992 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1993 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1994 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1995 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1996 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1997 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1998 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
1999 ;;;;;; (14942 61379))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2000 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2002 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2003 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2004 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2006 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2007 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2008 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2009 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2010 the screen.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2012 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2013 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2014 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2015 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2016 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2018 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2019 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
2020 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2021 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2022 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2023 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2024 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2026 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2027 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2028 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2029 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2030 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2032 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2033 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2034 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2036 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2037 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2038 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2039
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2040 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2041 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2042 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2043
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2044 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2045 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2046 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2047 displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2049 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2050 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2051 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2053 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2054 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2055 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2057 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2059 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2060 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2061 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2063 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2064 calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2066 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2067 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2068 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2070 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2071 calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2073 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2074 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2075 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2077 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2078 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2079 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2080 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2081 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2083 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2084 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2085 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2086 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2087 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2088 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2089 a function is also provided for this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2090 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2092 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2093 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2094 date is not visible in the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2096 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2097 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2098 functions that move by days and weeks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2100 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2101 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2103 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2104 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2105 date is visible in the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2107 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2108 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2109 functions that move by days and weeks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2110
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2111 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2112 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2113
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2114 For example,
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2115
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2116 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2117
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2118 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2119
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2120 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2121 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2123 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2125 MONTH/DAY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2126 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2127 MONTHNAME DAY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2128 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2129 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2131 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2132 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2133 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2134 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2135 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2136 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2137 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2138 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2139 respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2141 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2142 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2143 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2145 DAY/MONTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2146 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2147 DAY MONTHNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2148 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2149 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2151 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2152 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2154 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2155 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2156 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2157 window but will appear in a diary window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2159 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2160 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2162 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2163 entries (in the default American style):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2165 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2166 &1/1. Happy New Year!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2167 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2168 21: Payday
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2169 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2170 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2171 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2172 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2173 mar 16 Dad's birthday
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2174 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2175 &* 15 time cards due.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2177 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2178 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2179 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2180 single diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2182 02/11/1989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2183 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2184 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2185 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2186 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2187 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2188 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2190 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2191 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2192 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2194 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2196 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2198 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2199 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2200 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2201 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2202 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2203 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2204 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2205 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2206 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2208 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2209 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2210 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2211 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2212 for these functions for details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2214 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2215 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2217 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2218 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2220 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2221 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2223 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2224 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2226 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2227 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2228 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2230 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
2231 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2232 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2234 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2235 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2236 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2237 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2239 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2240 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2241 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2242 1990. The accepted European date styles are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2244 DAY/MONTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2245 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2246 DAY MONTHNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2247 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2248 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2250 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2251 characters with or without a period.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2253 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2254 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2255 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2256
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2257 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2258 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2259 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2261 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2262 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2263 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2265 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2266 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2267 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2269 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2270 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2271 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2272 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2273 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2274 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2276 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2277 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2278 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2280 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2281 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2282 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2283 of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2285 #include \"filename\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2287 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2288 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2289 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2290 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2291 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2293 For example, you could use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2295 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2296 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2297 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2299 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2300 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2301 lexicographic order.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2303 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2304 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2305 Can be used for appointment notification.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2307 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2308 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2309 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2310 diary display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2312 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2313 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2314 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2315 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2316 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2317 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2318 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2320 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2321 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2322 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2323 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2324 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2325 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2326 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2327 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2329 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2330 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2331 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2332 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2333 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2334 describes the style of such diary entries.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2336 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2337 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2339 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
2340 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2341 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2342 of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2343 #include \"filename\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2344 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2345 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2346 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2347 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2348 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2350 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2351 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2352 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2353 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2354 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2355 describes the style of such diary entries.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2357 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2358 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2359 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2360 are holidays.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2362 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2363 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2364 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2365 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2366 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2368 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2370 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2371 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2372 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2374 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2376 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2377 *Oriental holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2378 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2380 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2382 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2383 *Local holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2384 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2386 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2388 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2389 *User defined holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2390 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2392 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2394 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2396 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2398 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2400 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2402 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2404 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2406 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2408 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2410 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2411 *Jewish holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2412 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2414 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2416 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2417 *Christian holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2418 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2420 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2422 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2423 *Islamic holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2424 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2426 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2428 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2429 *Sun-related holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2430 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2432 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2434 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2435 The frame set up of the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2436 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2437 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2438 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2439 any other value the current frame is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2441 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2442 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2443 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2445 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2446
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
2447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14895 37935))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2448 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2450 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2451 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2453 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2454 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2456 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2457 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2459 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2460 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2462 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2463 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2465 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2466 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2468 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2470 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2471 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
2472 ;;;;;; (14895 24174))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2475 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2477 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2478 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2479 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2480 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2481 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2482 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2484 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2486 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2487 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2488 run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2490 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2491 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2493 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2494 Major mode for editing C++ code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2495 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2496 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2497 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2498 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2499 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2501 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2503 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2504 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2505 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2507 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2508 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2510 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2511 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2512 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2513 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2514 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2515 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2516 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2518 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2520 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2521 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2522 is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2524 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2525 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2527 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2528 Major mode for editing Java code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2529 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2530 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2531 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2532 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2533 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2535 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2537 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2538 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2539 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2540 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2541 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2543 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2544 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2546 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2547 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2548 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2549 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2550 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2551 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2552 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2554 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2556 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2557 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2558 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2560 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2561 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2563 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2564 Major mode for editing Pike code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2565 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2566 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2567 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2568 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2569 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2571 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2573 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2574 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2575 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2577 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2578 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2580 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2582 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
2583 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14895 24174))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2586 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2587 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2588 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2589 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2590 for details of setting up styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2592 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2593 style name.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2594
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2595 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2596 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2597 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2598 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2599 will be reassigned.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2600
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2601 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2602 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2603 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2605 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2606 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2607 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2608 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2610 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2612 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2613 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2614 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2616 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2617 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2618 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2619 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2620 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2621
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2622 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2623
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
2624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14895 24174))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2625 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2627 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2628 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2629 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2630 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2631 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2632
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2633 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2634 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2636 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2637 `infodock'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2639 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2641 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2642 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
2643 ;;;;;; (14982 50903))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2644 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2646 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2647 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2649 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2650 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2652 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2653 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2655 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2656 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2657 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2658 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2659 execution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2661 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2663 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2664 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2665
35411
be20c22dc16d 2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 35196
diff changeset
2666 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2667 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2668 CCL_MAIN_CODE
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2669 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2670
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2671 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2672 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2673 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2674 `write' commands.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2675
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2676 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2677 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2678 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2679 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2680
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2681 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2682 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2683 semantics.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2684
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2685 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2686
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2687 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2688
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2689 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2690
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2691 STATEMENT :=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2692 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2693 | TRANSLATE | END
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2694
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2695 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2696 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2697 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2698 | integer
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2699
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2700 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2701
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2702 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzeor, execute
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2703 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2704 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2705
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2706 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2707 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2708 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2709
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2710 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2711 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2712
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2713 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2714 BREAK := (break)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2715
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2716 REPEAT :=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2717 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2718 (repeat)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2719 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2720 ;; (repeat))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2721 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2722 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2723 ;; (read REG)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2724 ;; (repeat))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2725 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2726 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2727 ;; (read REG)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2728 ;; (repeat))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2729 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2730
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2731 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2732 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2733 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2734 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2735 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2736 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2737 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2738 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2739 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2740 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2741 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2742 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2743 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
35411
be20c22dc16d 2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 35196
diff changeset
2744 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2745 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2746 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2747
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2748 WRITE :=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2749 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2750 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2751 ;; representation.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2752 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2753 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2754 ;; (write r7))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2755 | (write EXPRESSION)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2756 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2757 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2758 ;; representation.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2759 | (write integer)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2760 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2761 ;; buffer.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2762 | (write string)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2763 ;; Same as: (write string)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2764 | string
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2765 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2766 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2767 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2768 ;; representation.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2769 | (write REG ARRAY)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2770 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2771 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2772 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
35411
be20c22dc16d 2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 35196
diff changeset
2773 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2774 ;; is the second code point of the character.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2775 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2776
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2777 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2778 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2779
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2780 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2781 END := (end)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2782
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2783 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2784 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2785 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2786
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2787 ARG := REG | integer
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2788
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2789 OPERATOR :=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2790 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2791 + | - | * | / | %
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2792
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2793 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2794 | & | `|' | ^
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2795
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2796 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2797 | << | >>
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2798
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2799 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2800 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2801 | <8
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2802
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2803 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2804 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2805 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2806 | >8
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2807
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2808 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2809 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2810 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2811 | //
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2812
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2813 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2814 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2815
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2816 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2817 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2818 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2819 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2820 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2821 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2822 ;; second code point of CHAR.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2823 | de-sjis
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2824
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2825 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2826 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2827 ;; Shift-JIS code,
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2828 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2829 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2830 ;; (r7 = LOW))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2831 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2832 ;; byte of SJIS.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2833 | en-sjis
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2834
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2835 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2836 ;; Same meaning as C code
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2837 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2838
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2839 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2840 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2841 ;; (REG |= ARG))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2842 | <8=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2843
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2844 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2845 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2846 ;; (REG >>= 8))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2847
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2848 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2849 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2850 ;; (REG /= ARG))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2851 | //=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2852
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2853 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2854
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2855
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2856 TRANSLATE :=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2857 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2858 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
2859 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2860 MAP :=
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2861 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2862 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2863 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2864 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2865 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2866 MAP-ID := integer
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2867 " nil (quote macro))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2869 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2870 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2871 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2872 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2873 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2874 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2876 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2877 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2878 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2879
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
2880 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2882 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2884 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2885 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2886 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2887 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2888 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2889 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2890 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2891 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
2892 ;;;;;; (14866 25750))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2893 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2895 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2896 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2897 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2898 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2900 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2901 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2902 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2903 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2904 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2905 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2906 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2907 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2909 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2910 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2911 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2912 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2913 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2914 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2915 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2916 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2918 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2919 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2920 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2921 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2922 spacing are all verified." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2924 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2925 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2926 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2927 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2928 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2930 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2931 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2932 Only documentation strings are checked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2933 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2934 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2935 a separate buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2937 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2938 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2939 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2940 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2941 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2943 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2944 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2945 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2946 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2947 if there is one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2948 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2950 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2951 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2952 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2954 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2955 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2956 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2957 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2958 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2960 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2961 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2962 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2963 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2964 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2965 space at the end of each line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2967 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2968 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2969 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2970 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2972 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2973 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2974 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2975 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2977 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2978 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2979 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2980 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2982 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2983 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2984 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2985 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2987 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2988 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2989 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2990 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2992 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2993 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2994 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2995 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2997 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2998 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2999 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3000 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3002 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3003 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3004 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3005 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3007 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3008 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3009 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3010 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3012 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3013 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3014 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3016 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
3017 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3018 checking of documentation strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3019
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
3020 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3022 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3024 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
3025 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
3026 ;;;;;; 45987))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3027 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3029 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3030 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3031 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3032
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3033 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3034 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3036 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3037 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3038 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3040 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3041 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3043 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3044
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3045 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
3046 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14883 31905))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3047 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3049 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3050 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3051 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3052 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3053 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3054 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3056 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3057 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3058 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3059 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3060 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3062 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3063
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3064 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3065 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3066 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3067 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3068 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3070 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3071 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3072 \\{command-history-map}
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3073
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3074 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3075 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3077 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3078
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
3079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14924 25355))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3082 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3083 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3084 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3085 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3086 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3087 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3089 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3090 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3092 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3094 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
3095 ;;;;;; (14893 1953))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3096 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3098 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3100 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3102 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
3103 ;;;;;; (14837 27695))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3104 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3106 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3107 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3108 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3109 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3111 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3112 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3113 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3115 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3116 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3118 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3119
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
3120 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14947
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
3121 ;;;;;; 16775))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3122 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3124 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3125 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3126 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3127 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
3128 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3129 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3130 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3131 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3133 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3135 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3136 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
3137 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14910 3328))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3138 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3140 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3141 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3142 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3143 ASCII table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3145 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3146 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3147 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3148 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3150 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3151 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3152 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3154 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3155 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3156 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3158 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3159 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3160 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3162 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3163 Return an alist of supported codepages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3165 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3166 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3167 for the character set supported by that codepage.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3169 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3170 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3172 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3173 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3175 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3176 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3177 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3179 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3180
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3181 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3182 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3183 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
3184 ;;;;;; (14959 292))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3185 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3186
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3187 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3188 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3189 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3190 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3191 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3192 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3193 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3194 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3195
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3196 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3197
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3198 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3199 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3200 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3201 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3202 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3203 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3204 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3205 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3207 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3209 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3210 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3211 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3212 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3213 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3214 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3215
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3216 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3217 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3218 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3219
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3220 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3221
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3222 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3223 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3224 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3225
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3226 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3227
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3228 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3229 Send COMMAND to current process.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3230 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3231 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3232
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3233 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3234 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3235 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3236 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3237
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3238 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3239
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
3240 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14777
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
3241 ;;;;;; 22146))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3242 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3244 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3245 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3246 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3247 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3249 This command pushes the mark in each window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3250 at the prior location of point in that window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3251 If both windows display the same buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3252 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3253 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3255 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3256 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3257 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3259 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3261 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3262 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3263 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
3264 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14916 51180))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3265 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3267 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3268 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3270 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3271 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3273 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3274 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3275 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3276 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3277 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3279 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3280 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3281 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3282 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3283 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3285 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3286 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3287 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3288 describing how the process finished.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3290 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3291 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3292 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3293 and a string describing how the process finished.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3295 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3296 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3297 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3299 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3300 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3301 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3302 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3304 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3305 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3306 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3307 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3309 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3310 and move to the source code that caused it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3312 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3313 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3315 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3316 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3317 Then start the next one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3319 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3320 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3321 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3323 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3324 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3325 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3326 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3327 where grep found matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3328
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
3329 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3330 easily repeat a grep command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3332 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3333 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3334 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3335 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3337 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3338 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3339 Collect output in a buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3340 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3341 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3343 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3344 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3346 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3347 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3348 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3349 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3350 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3352 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3354 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3355 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3356 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3357 See `compilation-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3358 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3360 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3361 Toggle compilation minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3362 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3363 See `compilation-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3364 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3366 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3367 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3369 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3370 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3371
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
3372 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3373 negative means move back to previous error messages.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
3374 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3375 and start at the first error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3377 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3378 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3379 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3380 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3381 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3382 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3384 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3385 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3386 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3388 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3389 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3390 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3392 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3393
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
3394 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
3395 ;;;;;; (14981 29950))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3396 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3397
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3398 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
3399 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
3400 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
3401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
3402 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3403
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3404 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3405
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3406 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3407
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3408 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3409 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3410 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3412 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3413 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3414 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
3415 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3417 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3418 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3419 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3420 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3421
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
3422 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3423 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
3424 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3425 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3427 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3429 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
3430 ;;;;;; (14777 22150))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3431 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3433 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3434 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3436 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3437
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3438 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3439 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3440 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
3441 ;;;;;; (14933 40934))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3442 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3443
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3444 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3445 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3446 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3447 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3448 `make-composition'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3449
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3450 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3451
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3452 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3453 | | 1:tc or top-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3454 | | 2:tr or top-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3455 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3456 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3457 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3458 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3459 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3460 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3461
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3462 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3463 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3464 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3465 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3466 be added.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3467
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3468 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3469 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3470 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3471
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3472 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3473 | | |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3474 | global| |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3475 | glyph | |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3476 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3477 +----+--*--+
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3478 | | new |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3479 | |glyph|
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3480 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3481 ")
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3482
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3483 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3484 Compose characters in the current region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3485
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3486 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3487
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3488 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3489 specifying the region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3490
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3491 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3492 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3493
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3494 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3495 of the text in the region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3496
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3497 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3498
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3499 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3500 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3501 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3502 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3503
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3504 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3505 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3506 detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3507
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3508 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3509 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3510 text in the composition." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3511
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3512 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3513 Decompose text in the current region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3514
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3515 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3516 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3517
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3518 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3519 Compose characters in string STRING.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3520
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3521 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3522 the characters in it.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3523
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3524 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3525 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3526 STRING respectively.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3527
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3528 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3529 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3530 `compose-region' for more detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3531
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3532 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3533 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3534 text in the composition." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3535
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3536 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3537 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3538
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3539 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3540 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3541 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3542 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3543 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3544 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3545 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3546 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3547
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3548 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3549 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3550
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3551 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3552 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3553
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3554 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3555 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3556
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3557 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3558 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3559
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3560 If no composition is found, return nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3561
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3562 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3563 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3564
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3565 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3566 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3567 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3568
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3569 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3570
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3571 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3572
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3573 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3574 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3575 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3576
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3577 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3578
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3579 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
3580
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3581 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3582 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3583
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3584 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3585 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3586 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3587 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3588 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3589 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3590 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3591 nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3592
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3593 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3594 is:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3595 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3596 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3597
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3598 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3599
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
3600 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
3601 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
3602
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3603 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3604
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3605 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3606 Compose last characters.
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
3607 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
3608 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
3609 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
3610 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
3611 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
3612 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3613 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3614 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
3615 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3616 after a sequence character events." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3617 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3618
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3619 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3620 Convert CHAR to string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3621 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3622
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3623 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3624 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3625 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3626
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3627 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3628
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3629 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
3630 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14747 44775))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3631 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3633 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3634 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3635 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3637 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3638 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3639 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3641 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3642 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3643 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3644 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3646 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3647 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3649 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3651 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
3652 ;;;;;; (14938 58920))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3653 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3655 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3656 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3657 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3658 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3659 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3660 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3662 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3663 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3665 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3667 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
3668 ;;;;;; (14930 62509))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3669 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3671 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3672 Major mode for editing Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3673 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3674 Tab indents for Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3675 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3676 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3678 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3679 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3680 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3681 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3682 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3683 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3684 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3685 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3686 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3687 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3688 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3689 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3691 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3692
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3693 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3694 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3696 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3698 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3699 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3700 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3701 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3702 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3703 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3704 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3705 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3706 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3708 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3710 bite if angry;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3712 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3713 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3714 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3715 to nil.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3717 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3718 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3719 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3721 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3723 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3724 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3725 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3726 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3727 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3729 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3731 if (A) { B }
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3733 into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3735 B if A;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3737 \\{cperl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3739 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3740 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3741 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3742 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3743 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3744 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3745 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3746 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3747 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3748 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3749 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3750 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3751 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3753 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3754 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3755 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3756 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3757 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3758 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3760 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3761 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3762 man via menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3764 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3765 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3766 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3767 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3768 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3770 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3771 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3772 span the needed amount of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3774 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3775 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3776 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3777 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3779 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3780 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3781 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3782 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3783 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3784 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3785 `cperl-auto-newline'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3786 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3787 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3788 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3789 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3790 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3791 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3792 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3793 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3794 `cperl-indent-level'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3795 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3796 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3797 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3798 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3799 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3800 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3801 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3802 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3803 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3804 `cperl-brace-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3805 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3806 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3807 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3808 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3809 `cperl-label-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3810 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3811 `cperl-min-label-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3812 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3814 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3815 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3816 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3817 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3818 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3820 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3821 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3822 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3823 \(both available from menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3825 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
3826 column 0 is indented on
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3827 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3829 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3830 with no args.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3832 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3833 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3834 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3836 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3838 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
3839 ;;;;;; (14726 36009))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3840 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3842 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3843 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3844 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3845 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3846 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3848 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3849 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3851 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3853 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3854 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3855 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3857 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3858 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3859 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3860 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3862 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3863 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3865 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3867 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3869 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3870 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3871 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3872
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3873 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3874
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3875 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3876
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3877 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
3878 ;;;;;; (14600 36409))
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3879 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3880
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3881 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3882 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3883 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3884 single prompt, optionally using completion.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3885
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3886 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3887 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3888 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3889 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3890
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3891 The default value for the separator character is the value of
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3892 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3893 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3894
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3895 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3896 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3897 'bob', and 'eve'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3898
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3899 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3900 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3901 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3902
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3903 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3904
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3905 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3906 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3907 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3908
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3909 ;;;***
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3910
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3911 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3912 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3913 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3914 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3915 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3916 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3917 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3918 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
3919 ;;;;;; (14955 64849))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3920 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3921 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3923 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3924 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3926 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3927 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3929 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3930 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3931
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3932 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3934 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3935 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3937 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3938 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3940 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3941 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3943 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3944 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3946 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3947 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3948
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3949 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3951 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3952 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3953 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3954 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3956 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3957 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3959 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3960 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3962 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3963 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3964
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3965 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3967 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3968 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3969 User options are structured into \"groups\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3970 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3971 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3973 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3974 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3976 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3977 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3979 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3981 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3982 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3984 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3985 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3986 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3987 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3988 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3990 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3991 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3992 version." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3994 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3996 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3997 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3998 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4000 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4001 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4002 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4004 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4005 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4007 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4008 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4010 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4011 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4013 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4014 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4015 If ALL is `options', include only options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4016 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4017 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4018 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4019 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4021 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4022 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4023 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4025 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4026 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4028 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4029 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4031 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4032 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4033 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4034 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4035 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4036 that option." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4038 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4039 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4040 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4041 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4042 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4043 that option." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4045 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4046 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4048 (defvar custom-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4049 File used for storing customization information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4050 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4051 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4052 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4053
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4054 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4055 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4056 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4057 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4059 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4060 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4062 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4063 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4065 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4066 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4067 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4069 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4070 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4071 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4072 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4073 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4075 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4077 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
4078 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14883 29489))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4079 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4081 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4082 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4084 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4085 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4086 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4087
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4088 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4090 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4091 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4092 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4094 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4096 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4097
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4098 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
4099 ;;;;;; (14909 56659))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4100 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4101
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4102 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4103 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4104
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4105 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4106
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4107 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
4108 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14746 24125))
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4110
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4111 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
4112 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4113
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4114 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4115 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4116 C++ modes are included.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4117
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4118 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4119
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4120 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4121 Turn on CWarn mode.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4122
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4123 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4124 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4125
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4126 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4127 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4128
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4129 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4130
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4131 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
4132
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4133 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
4134 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
4135 ;;;;;; (14623 45987))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4136 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4138 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4139 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4141 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4142 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4144 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4145 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4146 For readability, the table is slightly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4147 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4149 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4150 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4151 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4152 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4153 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4155 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4157 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
4158 ;;;;;; (14975 59459))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4159 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4161 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4163 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4165 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4166 Completion on current word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4167 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4168 and presents suggestions for completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4170 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4171 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4172 completions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4174 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4175 then it searches *all* buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4177 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4178 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4180 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4181 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4183 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4184 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4185 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4186 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4187 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4189 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4190 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4192 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4193 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4194 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4196 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4197 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4199 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4201 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4202
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
4203 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (14977
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
4204 ;;;;;; 55829))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4205 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4207 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4208 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4210 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4211 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4212 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4214 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4215 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4216 Data lines are not indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4218 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4220 \\{dcl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4221 Commands not usually bound to keys:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4223 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4224 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4225 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4226 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4228 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4230 dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4231 Extra indentation within blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4233 dcl-continuation-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4234 Extra indentation for continued lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4236 dcl-margin-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4237 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4239 dcl-margin-label-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4240 Indentation for a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4242 dcl-comment-line-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4243 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4245 dcl-block-begin-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4246 dcl-block-end-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4247 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4248 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4249 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4250 make it possible to define other places to indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4251 Set to nil to disable this feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4253 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4254 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4255 Two such functions are included in the package:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4256 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4257 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4259 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4260 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4261 One such function is included in the package:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4262 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4264 dcl-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4265 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4266 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4267 margin.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4269 dcl-electric-characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4270 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4271 typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4273 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4274 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4275 which words trigger electric indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4277 dcl-tempo-comma
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4278 dcl-tempo-left-paren
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4279 dcl-tempo-right-paren
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4280 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4282 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4283 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4284 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4285 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4287 dcl-imenu-label-labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4288 dcl-imenu-label-goto
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4289 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4290 dcl-imenu-label-call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4291 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4293 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4294 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4295 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4296 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4299 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4301 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4302 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4303 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4304 $ i = 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4305 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4306 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4307 $ label:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4308 $ if i.eq.1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4309 $ then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4310 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4311 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4312 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4313 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4314 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4315 \"lined up with the command line\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4316 $ type sys$input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4317 Data lines are not indented at all.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4318 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4319 $ endif
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4320 $
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4321 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4323 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4325 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
4326 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14763 42852))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4327 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4329 (setq debugger (quote debug))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4331 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4332 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4333 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4334 of the evaluator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4336 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4337 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4338 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4340 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4341 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4342 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4343 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4344 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4345 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4346 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4348 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4349 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4350 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4352 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4354 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
4355 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4356 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4358 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4359 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4361 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4362 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4363 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4364 Upper-case letters are commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4366 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4367 modify it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4369 The most useful commands are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4370 \\<decipher-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4371 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4372 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4373 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4374 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4375 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4377 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4378
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4379 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
4380 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14846
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
4381 ;;;;;; 45949))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4382 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4383
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4384 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4385 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
4386
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4387 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4388 Prettify all columns in a text region.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4389
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4390 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4391
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4392 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4393 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4394
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4395 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4396
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4397 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4398
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
4399 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14962
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
4400 ;;;;;; 39487))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4402
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4403 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4404 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4405 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4406 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4407 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4408 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4409
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4410 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4411
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4412 Customization:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4413
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4414 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4415 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4416 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4417 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4418 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4419 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4420 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4421 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4422 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4423 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4424 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4425 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4426 blank line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4427 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4428 Directories to search when finding external units.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4429 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4430 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4431
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4432 Coloring:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4433
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4434 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4435 Face used to color delphi comments.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4436 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4437 Face used to color delphi strings.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4438 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4439 Face used to color delphi keywords.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4440 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4441 Face used to color everything else.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4442
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4443 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4444 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4445
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4446 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4447
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
4448 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (14854
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
4449 ;;;;;; 32221))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4450 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4452 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4453
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4454 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
4455 Toggle Delete-Selection mode on or off.
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
4456 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4457 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4458 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4459
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4460 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4461
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4462 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4463
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4464 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4465 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4466 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4467 positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4469 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4470 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4471 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4472 any selection." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4474 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4475
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4476 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
4477 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (14896 40328))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4478 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4479
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4480 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4481 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4482
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4483 The arguments to this command are as follow:
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4484
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4485 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4486 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4487 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4488 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4489 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4490 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4491 hooks for the new mode.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4492
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4493 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4494
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4495 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4496
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4497 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4498 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4499 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4500
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4501 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4502 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4503
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4504 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4505 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4506 (setq case-fold-search nil))
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4507
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4508 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4509 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
4510
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4511 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4512 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4513 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4514 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4515 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4517 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4519 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
4520 ;;;;;; (14823 12922))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4521 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4523 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4524 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4525 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4527 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4528 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4529 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4530 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4532 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4534 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4535 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4536 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4537 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4538 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4539 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
4540 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
4541 ;;;;;; (14775 56550))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4542 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4544 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4545 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4546 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4548 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4549 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4550 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4552 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4553 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4554 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4555 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4557 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4558 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4559 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4560 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4562 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4563 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4564
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4565 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4566 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4567 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4569 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4570 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4572 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4574 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4576 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4578 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4579 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4581 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4583 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4584 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4586 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4588 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4590 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4592 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4594 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
4595 ;;;;;; (14962 55364))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4596 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4598 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4599 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4600 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4601 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4602 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4604 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4605 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4606 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4608 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4609 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4610 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4611 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4613 #!/bin/sh
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4614 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4615 emacs -batch \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4616 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4617 european-calendar-style t \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4618 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4619 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4620 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4622 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4623 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4624 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4625 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4627 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4629 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
4630 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14777 22163))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4631 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4633 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4634 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4636 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4637 *The command to use to run diff.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4639 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4640 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4641 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4642 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4643 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4645 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4646 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4647 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4648 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4649 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4651 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4652
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4653 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
4654 ;;;;;; (14959 64907))
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4655 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4656
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4657 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4658 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4659 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4660 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4661 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4662 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4663
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4664 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4665 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4666 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4667
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4668 ;;;***
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4669
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4670 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4671 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4672 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4673 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
4674 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14962 39486))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4675 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4677 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4678 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4679 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4680 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4681 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4683 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4684 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4686 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4687 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4688 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4689 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4690 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4692 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4693 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4695 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4696 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4697 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4698 always set this variable to t.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4700 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4701 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4702 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4703 A value of t means move to first file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4705 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4706 *Controls marking of renamed files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4707 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4708 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4709 are afterward marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4711 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4712 *Controls marking of copied files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4713 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4714 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4716 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4717 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4718 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4719 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4721 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4722 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4723 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4724 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4726 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4727 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4728 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4729 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4731 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4733 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4734 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4735 \(This works on only some systems.)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4736 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4738 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4739 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4740 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4741 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4742 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4743 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4744 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4745 list of files to make directory entries for.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4746 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4747 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4748 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4749 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4751 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4752 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4754 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4755 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4756 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4758 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4759 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4761 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4762 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4764 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4765
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4766 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4767 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4768 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
28939
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4769 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4770 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4771 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4772 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4773 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4774 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4775 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4776 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4777 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
4778 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14962 39486))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4779 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4781 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4782 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4783 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4784 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4785 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4786 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4788 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4789 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4790 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4791 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4792 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4793 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4795 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4796 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4797 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4799 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4800 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4802 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4803 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4805 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4806 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4807 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4808 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4810 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4811 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4812 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4813 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4814 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4816 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4818 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4819 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4820 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4821
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4822 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4823 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4824 instead of att the end of the command.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4825
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4826 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4827 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4828 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4830 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4831 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4832
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4833 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4834 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4836 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4837 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4838 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4839 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4840 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4841 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4843 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4845 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4846 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4848 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4849 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4851 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4852 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4854 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4855 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4856 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4857 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4859 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4861 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4863 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4865 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4867 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4869 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4870 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4872 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4873 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4874 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4875 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4876 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4877 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4878 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4880 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4881 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4882 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4883 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4884 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4885 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4887 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4888 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4889 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4890 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4891 and new hard links are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4892 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4894 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4895 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4896 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4897 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4899 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4900 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4901 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4902 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4903 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4904 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4906 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4907 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4909 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4910 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4911 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4913 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4914 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4915 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4917 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4918 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4919 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4921 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4922 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4924 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4925 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4927 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4928 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4929 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4930 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4931 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4932 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4933 this subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4934 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4935
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4936 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4937 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4938 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4939 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4940 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4941 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4942 this subdirectory.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4943 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4944
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4945 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4946 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4947 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4949 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4950 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4951 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4952 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4954 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4955 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4956 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4957 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4959 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4960 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4961 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4963 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4964 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4966 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4967 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4969 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4970 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4971 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4972 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4974 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4975 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4976 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4977 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4979 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4980 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4981 Stops when a match is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4982 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4983
28939
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4984 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4985 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4986 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4987 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4988 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4989
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4990 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4991 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4992 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4993 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4994
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4995 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4996
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
4997 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14937 32770))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4998 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5000 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5001 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5002 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5003 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5004 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5005 buffer and try again." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5007 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5008
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
5009 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14977 56454))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5010 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5012 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5013 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5014 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5016 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5018 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5019 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5021 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5022 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5023 " nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5025 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5027 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5028 ;;;;;; 9615))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5031 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5032 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5033 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5034 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5035 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5036 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5038 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5040 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5041 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5042 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5043 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
5044 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14777 22181))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5045 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5047 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5048 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5050 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5051 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5052 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5053 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5054 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5056 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5057 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5058 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5059 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5060 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5062 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5063 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5065 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5066 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5068 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5069 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5071 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5072 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5074 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5075 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5077 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5078 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5079 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5080 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5082 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5083 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5084 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5085 X frame." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5087 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5088 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5089
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5090 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5091 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5093 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5094 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5096 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5097 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5098 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5099 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5101 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5102 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5103 European character display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5105 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5106 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5107 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5108 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5110 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5111 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5112 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5113 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5114 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5116 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5118 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5119 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5120 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5122 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5123 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5124 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5125 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5126 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5127 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5128 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5129 Default is 2." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5131 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5132
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
5133 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (14830 63254))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5134 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5136 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5137 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5139 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5140
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5141 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
5142 ;;;;;; (14777 22183))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5143 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5144
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5145 (defvar double-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5146 Toggle Double mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5147 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5148 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5149
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5150 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5151
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5152 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5153
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5154 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5155 Toggle Double mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5156 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5158 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5159 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5161 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5162
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5163 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5164 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5166 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5167 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5169 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5171 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
5172 ;;;;;; (14855 56553))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5175 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5176 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5178 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5179
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
5180 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
5181 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
5182 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (14961 12689))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5183 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5184
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5185 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5186
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5187 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5188 Define a new minor mode MODE.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5189 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
5190 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5192 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5193 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5194 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5195 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5196 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
5197 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
5198 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
5199 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
5200 used (see below).
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
5201
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5202 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5203 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5204 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
5205 The following keyword arguments are supported:
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
5206 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
5207 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
5208 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
5209 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
5210 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5211
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5212 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
5213 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5214 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5215 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5216 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5217 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5218
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
5219 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
5220 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
5221 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
5222 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
5223 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
5224 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
5225 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
5226
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
5227 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
5228
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
5229 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
5230 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
5231 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
5232 " nil (quote macro))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
5233
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5234 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5236 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
5237 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14904
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
5238 ;;;;;; 41629))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5239 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5240
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
5241 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
5242
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5243 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5244 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5245 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5246 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5248 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5249 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5251 :filter FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5253 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5254 menu displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5256 :visible INCLUDE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5258 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5259 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5261 :active ENABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5263 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5264 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5266 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5268 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5270 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5272 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5273 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5275 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5276 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5277
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5278 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5280 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5282 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5284 :keys KEYS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5286 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5287 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5288 computed automatically.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5289 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5291 :key-sequence KEYS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5292
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5293 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5294 menu item.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5295 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5296 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5297 keyboard equivalent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5299 :active ENABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5301 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5302 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5304 :included INCLUDE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5306 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5307 expression has a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5308
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5309 :suffix FORM
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5310
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5311 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5312 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5314 :style STYLE
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5315
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5316 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5317 defined:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5319 toggle: A checkbox.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5320 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5321 radio: A radio button.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5322 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5323 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5324 menu bar itself.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5325 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5327 :selected SELECTED
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5329 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5330 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5331
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5332 :help HELP
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5333
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5334 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5335
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5336 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5337 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5338 as a solid horizontal line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5340 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5342 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5344 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5345 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5346 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5347 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5349 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5350 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5351 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5352 should contain a submenu named NAME.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5353 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5354 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5355
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5356 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5357 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5358 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5360 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5361 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5363 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5364
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5365 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5366 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5367 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5368 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
5369 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14974 35998))
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5370 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5371
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5372 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5373 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5374
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5375 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5376 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5377
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5378 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5379 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5380 it to the printer.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5381
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5382 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5383 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5384 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5385 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5386
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5387 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5388 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5389 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5390
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5391 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5392 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5393 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5394 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5395
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5396 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5397
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5398 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5399 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5400 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5401
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5402 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5403
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5404 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5405 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5406
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5407 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5408 The EPS file name has the following form:
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5409
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5410 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5411
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5412 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5413 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5414
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5415 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5416 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5417 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5418 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5419
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5420 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5421
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5422 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5423 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5424
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5425 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5426 The EPS file name has the following form:
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5427
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5428 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5429
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5430 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5431 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5432
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5433 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5434 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5435 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5436 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5437
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5438 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5439
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5440 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5441
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5442 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5443 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5444
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5445 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5446 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5447
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5448 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5449 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5450
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5451 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5452 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5453
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5454 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5455 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5456
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5457 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5458 Set STYLE to current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5459
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5460 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5461
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5462 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5463 Reset current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5464
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5465 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5466
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5467 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5468 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5469
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5470 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5471
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5472 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5473 Pop a style and set it to current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5474
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5475 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5476
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5477 ;;;***
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
5478
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5479 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5480 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
5481 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14895
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
5482 ;;;;;; 24174))
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5483 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5484
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5485 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5486 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5487 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5488 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5489 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5490 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5491
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5492 Tree mode key bindings:
28542
9e9fa222ebcf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28530
diff changeset
5493 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5494
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5495 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5496 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5497
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5498 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5499 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5500 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5501 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5502 completion." t nil)
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5503
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5504 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5505 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5506 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5507 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5508
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5509 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5510 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5511 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5512
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5513 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5514 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5515 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5516 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5517
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5518 ;;;***
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5519
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5520 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
5521 ;;;;;; (14783 15355))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5522 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5524 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5525 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5526 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5527 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5529 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5530 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5531 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5533 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5534 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5535 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5537 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5539 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5541 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5543 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
5544 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14777 22184))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5545 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5547 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5548 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5549 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5551 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5553 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
5554 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14921 47235))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5555 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5557 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5558 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5559 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5560 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5561 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5563 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5564 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5565 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5566 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5568 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5569 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5570 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5571 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5573 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5574 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5575 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5576 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5578 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5580 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5581 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5582 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5583 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5584 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5586 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5588 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5589 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5590 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5591 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5592 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5593 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5594 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5595 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5596 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
5597 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14952 1182))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5598 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5600 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5601 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5603 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5604 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5606 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5608 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5610 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5611 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5613 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5615 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5616 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5618 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5620 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5621 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5622 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5623 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5625 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5627 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5628 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5629 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5630 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5632 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5634 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5635 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5636 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5637 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5639 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5641 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5642 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5643 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5644 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5646 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5648 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5649 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5650 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5651 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5652 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5653 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5655 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5656 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5657 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5658 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5660 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5662 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5663 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5664 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5665 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5667 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5669 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5671 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5672 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5673 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5674 follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5675 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5676 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5678 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5679 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5680 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5681 follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5682 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5683 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5685 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5686 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5687 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5688 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5689 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5691 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5692 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5693 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5694 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5695 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5696 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5698 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5700 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5701 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5703 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5704 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5706 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5708 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5709 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5711 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5712 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5714 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5715 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5716 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5717 buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5719 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5720 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5721 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5722 buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5724 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5725 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5726 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5727 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5729 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5730 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5731 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5732 and don't ask the user.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5733 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5734 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5736 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
5737 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
5738 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
5739 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
5740 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
5741 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5743 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5745 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5747 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5748 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
5749 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
5750 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
5751 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5753 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5755 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5756 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5757 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5759 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5760 Display Ediff's manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5761 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5763 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5764
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5765 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
5766 ;;;;;; (14878 17055))
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5767 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5768
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5769 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5770
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5771 ;;;***
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5772
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
5773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14952 1182))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5774 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5775
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5776 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5777
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
5778 (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser..."))))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5779
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5780 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5781
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5782 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5783
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5784 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
5785 ;;;;;; (14845 20842))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5786 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5788 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5789 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5791 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5793 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5795 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
5796 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14983 41745))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5797 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5799 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5800 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5801 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5802 which see." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5804 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5805 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5806 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5807 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5809 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5811 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5812 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
5813 ;;;;;; (14777 22205))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5814 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5815 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5817 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5818 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5819 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5821 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5822 Edit a keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5823 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5824 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5825 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5826 its command name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5827 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5829 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5830 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5832 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5833 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5835 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5836 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5837 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5838 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5839 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5840 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5842 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5843 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5844 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5845 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5847 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5848 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5849 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5850 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5851 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5852 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5854 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5855
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
5856 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
5857 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (14937 48691))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5858 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5859
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
5860 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
5861 Set scroll margins.
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
5862 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
5863 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
5864
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5865 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5866 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5868 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5870 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
5871 ;;;;;; (14793 8312))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5872 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5874 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5875 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5876 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5877 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5878 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5879 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5880 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5881 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5883 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5884 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5886 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5887 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5888 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5889 this value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5891 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
5892 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
5893 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5895 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5896 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5897 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5899 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5901 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5902
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5903 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
5904 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14890 7814))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5905 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5907 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5908 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5910 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5911 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5912 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5913 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5914 from the documentation string if possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5916 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5917 instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5919 This variable is buffer-local.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5920
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5921 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5922 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5923
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5924 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)))))))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5925
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5926 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5927 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5928 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5930 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5931 of the mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5932 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5933 the mode, respectively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5935 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5936 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5938 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5939
35744
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
5940 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14966
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
5941 ;;;;;; 38375))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5942 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5943
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5944 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5945 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5946
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5947 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5948 an elided material again.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5949
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5950 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5951
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5952 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5953
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5954 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5955 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5956 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5958 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5959 Initialize elint." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5961 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5962
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5963 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
5964 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (14849
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
5965 ;;;;;; 20130))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5966 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5968 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5969 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5970 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5972 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5973 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5974 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5976 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5977 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5978 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5980 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5982 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5983 Display current profiling results.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5984 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5985 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5986 displayed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5988 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5990 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
5991 ;;;;;; (14959 64907))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5992 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5994 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5995 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5996 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5998 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6000 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6001 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6002 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6003 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
6004 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14777 22209))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6005 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6007 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6009 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6011 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6013 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6015 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6017 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6019 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6021 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6023 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6025 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6026 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6028 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6029 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6031 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6032 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6034 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6035 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6037 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6039 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6041 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6043 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6045 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6046 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6048 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6049 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6051 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6053 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6055 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
6056 ;;;;;; (14642 24031))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6057 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6059 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6060 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6061 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6063 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6064 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6065 automatically.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6067 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6068 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6069 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6071 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6073 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
6074 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14885 22378))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6075 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6077 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6078 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6079 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6080 text/enriched format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6081 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6083 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6084 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6086 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6088 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6090 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6092 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6094 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6095
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
6096 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (14977
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
6097 ;;;;;; 57708))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6098 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6099
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6100 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6101 Emacs shell interactive mode.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6102
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6103 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6104
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6105 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6106
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
6107 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (14845
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
6108 ;;;;;; 20873))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6109 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6110
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6111 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6112 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6113
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6114 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6115
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6116 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
6117 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (14823 12923))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6118 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6119
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6120 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6121 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6122 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6123 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6124 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6125 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6126 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6127
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6128 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6129 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6130 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6131
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6132 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6133 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6134 The result might be any Lisp object.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6135 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6136 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6137 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6138
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6139 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6140 Report a bug in Eshell.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6141 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6142 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6143
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6144 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6145
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6146 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6147 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6148 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6149 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
6150 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
6151 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14977
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
6152 ;;;;;; 55874))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6153 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6155 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6156 *File name of tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6157 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6158 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6159 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6160 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6161
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
6162 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
6163 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
6164 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
6165 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
6166
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6167 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6168 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6169 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6170 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6171 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6172 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6174 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6175 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6176 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6177 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6178 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6180 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6181 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6182 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6183 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6185 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6186 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6187 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6188 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6189 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6191 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6192 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6193 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6194 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6196 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6197 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6198 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6199 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6200 file the tag was in." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6202 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6203 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6204 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6205 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6206 without directory names." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6208 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6209 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6210 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6211 but does not select the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6212 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6214 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6215 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6216 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6217 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6218 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6220 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6222 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6223 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6224 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6226 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6228 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6229 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6230 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6231 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6233 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6234 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6235 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6236 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6237 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6239 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6241 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6242 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6243 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6245 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6246 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6248 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6249 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6250 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6251 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6252 around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6254 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6255 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6256 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6257 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6258 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6260 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6262 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6263 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6264 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6266 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6267 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6269 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6270 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6271 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6272 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6273 around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6275 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6276 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6277 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6278 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6279 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6281 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6283 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6284 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6285 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6287 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6288 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6290 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6291 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6292 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6294 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6295 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6296 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6297 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6298 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6300 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6302 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6303 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6304 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6306 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6307 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6308 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6310 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6311 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6313 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6314 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6315 where they were found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6317 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6318 Select next file among files in current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6320 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6321 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6322 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6324 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6325 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6327 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6328 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6330 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6331 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6332 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6333 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6335 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6336 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6337 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6338 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6339 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6340 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6342 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6343 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6344 Stops when a match is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6345 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6347 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6349 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
6350 `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6351 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6352 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6353 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6355 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6357 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6358 Display list of tags in file FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6359 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6360 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6361 directory specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6363 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6364 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6366 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6367 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6368 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6369 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6371 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6372 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6373 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6374 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6375 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6377 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6379 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6380 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6381 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6382 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6383 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6384 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
6385 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
6386 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (14623 45988))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6387 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6389 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6391 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6392 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6393 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6394 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6396 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6397 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6398 language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6400 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6401 even if the buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6403 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6404 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6405 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6407 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6408 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6410 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6411 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6413 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6414 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6415 language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6417 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6418 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6420 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6421 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6422 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6424 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6425 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6426 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6428 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6429 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6431 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6432 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6434 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6435 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6437 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6438 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6439 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6440 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6442 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6443 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6444 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6445 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6447 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6448 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6449 the primary language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6451 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6452 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6454 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6455 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6456 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6458 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6459 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6460 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6461 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6463 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6464 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6465 primary language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6467 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6468 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6470 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6471 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6472 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6474 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6475 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6476 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6478 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6479 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6481 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6482 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6483 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6484 3) convert the body into SERA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6486 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6488 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6489 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6490 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6492 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6493 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6495 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6496 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6498 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6499 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6500 be 1, 2, or 3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6502 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6503 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6504 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6506 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6508 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6509 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6511 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6512 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6513 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6515 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6516 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6518 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6519 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6521 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6522 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6524 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6525 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6527 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6528 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6530 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6531 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6533 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6534 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6536 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6537
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6538 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6539 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
6540 ;;;;;; (14463 4091))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6541 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6542
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6543 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6544 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6545 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6546 server for future sessions." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6547
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6548 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6549 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6550
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6551 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6552 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6553
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6554 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6555 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6556 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6557 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6558 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6559 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6560 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6561 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6562 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6563 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6564 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6565 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6566
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6567 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6568 Display a form to query the directory server.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6569 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6570 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6571
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6572 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6573 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6574 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6575
27326
25ebadb8e258 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27321
diff changeset
6576 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
25ebadb8e258 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27321
diff changeset
6577
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6578 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6579
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6580 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6581 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
6582 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14867 31700))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6583 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6584
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6585 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6586 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6587
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6588 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6589 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6590
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6591 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6592 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6593
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6594 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6595 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6596
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6597 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6598 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6599
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6600 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6601
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6602 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
6603 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 59510))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6604 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6605
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6606 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6607 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6608 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6609
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6610 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6611 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6612
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6613 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6614
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6615 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
6616 ;;;;;; (14460 59510))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6617 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6618
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6619 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6620 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6621
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6622 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6623
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6624 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6625 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
6626 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (14764 3718))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6627 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6628
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6629 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6630 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6631 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6632
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6633 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6634 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6635 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6636 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6637 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6638 executable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6640 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6641 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6642 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6643
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6644 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6645 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6646 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6647 file modes." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6648
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6649 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6651 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
6652 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14777 22210))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6653 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6655 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6656 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6657 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6658 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6660 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6662 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6663 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6664 to generate such functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6666 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6667 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6668 beginning of the expanded text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6670 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6671 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6672 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6673 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6675 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6677 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6678 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6679 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6681 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6682 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6683 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6684 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6685 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6687 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6688
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
6689 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14969 34760))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6690 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6692 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6693 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6695 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6696 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6697 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6699 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6701 Key definitions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6702 \\{f90-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6704 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6706 f90-do-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6707 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6708 f90-if-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6709 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6710 f90-type-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6711 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6712 f90-program-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6713 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6714 (default 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6715 f90-continuation-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6716 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6717 f90-comment-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6718 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6719 region. (default \"!!!$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6720 f90-indented-comment-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6721 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6722 (default \"!\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6723 f90-directive-comment-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6724 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6725 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6726 f90-break-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6727 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6728 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6729 f90-break-before-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6730 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6731 (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6732 f90-beginning-ampersand
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6733 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6734 f90-smart-end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6735 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6736 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6737 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6738 f90-auto-keyword-case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6739 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6740 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6741 f90-leave-line-no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6742 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6743 f90-startup-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6744 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6745 f90-keywords-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6746 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6748 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6749 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6751 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6753 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6754 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6755 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6756 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
6757 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14964 4164))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6758 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6759 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6760 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6762 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6763 Menu keymap for faces.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6765 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6767 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6768 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6770 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6772 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6773 Menu keymap for background colors.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6775 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6776
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6777 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6778 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6780 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6781
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6782 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6783 Submenu for text justification commands.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6785 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6786
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6787 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6788 Submenu for indentation commands.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6790 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6792 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6793 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6795 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6796
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6797 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6798
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6799 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6801 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6803 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6804 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6805 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6806 will not show through at all will be removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6808 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6809
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
6810 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
6811 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6813 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6814 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6815 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6817 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6818 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6819 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6820 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6821 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6822 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6823 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6824 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6826 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6827 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6828 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6829 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6830 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6831 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6832 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6833 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6835 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6836 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6837 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6838 is the menu item's name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6839
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
6840 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
6841 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6843 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6844 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6845 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6847 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6848 Make the region invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6849 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6850 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6852 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6853 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6854 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6855 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6857 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6858 Make the region unmodifiable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6859 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6860 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6862 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6863 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6865 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6866 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6868 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6869 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6870 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6872 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6873 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6875 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6876 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6877
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6878 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6879 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6880 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6881 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6882 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6884 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6886 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6887 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6888 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6890 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6891 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6892 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6893 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6895 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6897 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6898 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6899 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6901 Font Lock caches may be saved:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6902 - When you save the file's buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6903 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6904 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6905 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6906 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6908 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6910 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6911 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6912 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6913 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6915 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6916 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6918 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6920 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6922 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
6923 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
6924 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14962 39487))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6925 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6926
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
6927 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
6928 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
6929 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
6930 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
6931
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6932 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6933 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6935 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6936 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6937 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6938 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6940 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6941 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6942 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6943 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6944 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6946 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6947 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6948 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6949 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6950 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6951 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6952 internally by feedmail):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6954 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6955 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6956 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6957 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6959 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6960 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6961 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6962 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6963 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6965 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6966
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
6967 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
6968 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14937 32770))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6969 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6971 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6972 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6973 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6974 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6975 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6976 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6977 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6979 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6980 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6981 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6982 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6983 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6984 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6985 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6987 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6988 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6990 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6991 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6992 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6993 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6994 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6995 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6997 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6998 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6999 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7000 Return value:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7001 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7002 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7003 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7005 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7006 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7007
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
7008 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
7009 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
7010
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7011 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7013 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
7014 ;;;;;; (14887 28113))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7015 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7017 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7018 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7019 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7020 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7021 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7022 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7023 \(directories) is done." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7024 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7025 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7026 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7028 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7030 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
7031 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14717 47797))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7032 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7034 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7035 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7036 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7037 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7038 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7040 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7041 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7042 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7043 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7045 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7046 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7047 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7049 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7051 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7052 as the final argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7054 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7055 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7056 and run dired on those files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7057 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7058 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7060 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7062 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7063 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7064 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7066 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7068 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7070 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7072 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7073 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7074 ;;;;;; (14746 24125))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7075 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7077 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7078 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7079 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7081 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7083 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7084 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7085 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7087 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7088 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7090 Variables of interest include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7091
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7092 - `ff-case-fold-search'
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7093 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7094 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7095
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7096 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7097 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7098 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7099
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7100 - `ff-ignore-include'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7101 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7102
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7103 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7104 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7105
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7106 - `ff-quiet-mode'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7107 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7108
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7109 - `ff-special-constructs'
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7110 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7111 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7112 extracting the filename from that construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7113
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7114 - `ff-other-file-alist'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7115 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7116
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7117 - `ff-search-directories'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7118 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7119 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7120
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7121 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7122 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7123
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7124 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7125 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7126
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7127 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7128 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7129
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7130 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7131 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7132
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7133 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7134 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7136 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7137 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7139 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
7140 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7142 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7144 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7145 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7146 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7147 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7148 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
7149 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7150 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7152 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7153 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7155 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7156 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7157 not selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7159 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7160 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7161 in `load-path'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7163 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7164 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7166 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7167 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7168 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7169 it is one of the current buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7171 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7172 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7173 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7175 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7176 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7178 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7180 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7181 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7183 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7185 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7186 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7188 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7189 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7190 not selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7192 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7193 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7195 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7196 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7198 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7199 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7200 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7201 it is one of the current buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7203 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7204 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7205 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7207 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7208 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7210 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7212 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7213 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7215 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7217 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7218 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7219 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7221 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7222 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7224 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7225 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7227 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7228 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7230 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7231
28530
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
7232 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
7233 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14862 37894))
28530
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
7234 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
7235
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
7236 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
7237 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
7238
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
7239 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
7240 Display FILE's commentary section.
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
7241 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
7242
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
7243 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
7244 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
7245
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
7246 ;;;***
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
7247
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7248 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7249 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7250 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7252 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7253 Toggle flow control handling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7254 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7255 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7257 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7258 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7259 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7260 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7261 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7262 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7264 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7265
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7266 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7267 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
7268 ;;;;;; (14962 39487))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7269 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7270
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7271 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7272 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7273 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7274
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7275 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7276 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7277
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7278 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7279
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7280 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7281 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7282 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7283 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7284 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7285 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7287 Bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7288 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7289 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7290 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7292 Hooks:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7293 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7295 Remark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7296 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7297 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7298 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7300 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7301 consider adding:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7302 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7303 in your .emacs file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7305 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7307 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7308
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7309 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist))))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7310
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7311 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7312 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7314 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7316 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7317 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
7318 ;;;;;; (14392 8635))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7319 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7321 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7322 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7324 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7325 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7327 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7328 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7330 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7331 of two major techniques:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7333 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7334 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7335 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7337 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7338 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7339 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7340 movement commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7342 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7343 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7344 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7345 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7346 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7347 mileage may vary).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7349 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7350 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7352 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7354 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7355 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7356 \(This is the default.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7358 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7359 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7361 Keys specific to Follow mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7362 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7364 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7365 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7367 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7368 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7369 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7370 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7371 two windows always will display two successive pages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7372 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7374 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7375 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7376 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7378 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7379 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7380 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7382 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7384 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7385 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
7386 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (14958 40595))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7387 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7388
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7389 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7390
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7391 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7392 Toggle Font Lock mode.
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
7393 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive,
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
7394 otherwise turn it off.
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7395 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7397 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7399 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7400 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7401 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7402 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7403
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7404 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7405 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7406
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7407 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7408 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7410 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7412 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7413 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7414 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7416 (global-font-lock-mode t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7418 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7419 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7420 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7421 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7422 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7423 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7425 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7426 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7428 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7429 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7431 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7432 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7433 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7435 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7436 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7438 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7439 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7440 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7442 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7443 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7444 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7446 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7447 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7449 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
7450 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
7451 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7452 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7453 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7454 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7455 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7456 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7457 end of the current highlighting list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7459 For example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7461 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7462 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7463 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7465 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7466 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7468 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7469 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7470 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7471
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
7472 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7473 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7474
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7475 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7476 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
7477
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7478 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7479 Toggle Global-Font-Lock mode on or off.
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7480 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7481 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7482 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7483
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7484 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7485
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7486 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7487
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7488 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7489 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7490 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7491 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7492 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7493
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7494 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7495 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7497 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7499 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
7500 ;;;;;; (14924 25355))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7501 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7503 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7504 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7505 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7506 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7507 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7508
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
7509 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
7510 compatibility.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7512 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7513 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7515 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7517 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7518
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7519 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7520 ;;;;;; 9680))
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7521 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7522
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7523 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7524 Toggle footnote minor mode.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7525 \\<message-mode-map>
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7526 key binding
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7527 --- -------
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7528
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7529 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7530 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7531 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7532 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7533 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7534 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7535 " t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7536
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7537 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7538
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7539 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
7540 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14977 56580))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7541 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7543 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7544 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7546 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7547 TAB forms-next-field TAB
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7548 C-c TAB forms-next-field
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7549 C-c < forms-first-record <
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7550 C-c > forms-last-record >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7551 C-c ? describe-mode ?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7552 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7553 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7554 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7555 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7556 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7557 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7558 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7559 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7560 C-c C-x forms-exit x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7561 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7563 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7564 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7566 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7567 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7569 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7571 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
7572 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14942 54439))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7575 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7576 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7577 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7578 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7579 with a character in column 6.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7581 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7582 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7583 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7584 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7586 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7587 Fortran keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7589 Key definitions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7590 \\{fortran-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7592 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7594 `comment-start'
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7595 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7596 set this to the string \"!\".
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7597 `fortran-do-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7598 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7599 `fortran-if-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7600 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7601 `fortran-structure-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7602 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7603 (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7604 `fortran-continuation-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7605 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7606 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7607 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7608 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7609 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7610 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7611 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7612 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7613 (for TAB format continuation style).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7614 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7615 indentation for a line of code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7616 (default 'fixed)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7617 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7618 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7619 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7620 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7621 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7622 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7623 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7624 `fortran-line-number-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7625 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7626 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7627 column 5. (default 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7628 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7629 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7630 statements. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7631 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7632 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7633 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7634 statement. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7635 `fortran-continuation-string'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7636 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7637 line. (default \"$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7638 `fortran-comment-region'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7639 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7640 region. (default \"c$$$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7641 `fortran-electric-line-number'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7642 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7643 as typed. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7644 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7645 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7646 (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7648 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7649 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7651 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7653 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
7654 ;;;;;; (14915 6801))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7655 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7657 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7658 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7660 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7661 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7663 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7664 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7665 function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7667 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7668 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7669 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7670 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7671 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7672 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7674 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7675 Each keyword should be a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7677 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7678 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7679
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7680 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7681 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7682 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7684 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7686 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7688 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7689 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7690 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7691 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7693 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7694 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7696 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7697
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7698 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
7699 ;;;;;; (14901 64516))
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7701
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7702 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7703 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7704 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7705 at places they belong to." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7706
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7707 ;;;***
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7708
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7709 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
7710 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14859 52340))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7711 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7713 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7714 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7716 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7717 Read network news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7718 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7719 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7720 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7721 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7722 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7724 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7725 Read news as a slave." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7727 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7728 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7730 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7731 Read network news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7732 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7733 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7734 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7736 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7738 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7739 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
7740 ;;;;;; (14862 37895))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7743 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7744 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7746 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7747 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7749 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7750 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7751 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7752 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7754 \(gnus-agentize)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7756 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7757 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7758 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7760 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7761 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7763 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7765 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7766
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7767 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
7768 ;;;;;; (14977 51033))
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7769 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7770
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7771 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7772 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7773
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7774 ;;;***
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7775
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7776 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
7777 ;;;;;; (14896 40329))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7778 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7780 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7781 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7783 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7785 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
7786 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14862
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
7787 ;;;;;; 37896))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7788 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7790 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7791 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7793 Usage:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7794 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7796 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7797 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7799 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7800 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7802 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7804 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
7805 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14875 56834))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7806 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7808 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7809 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7810 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7812 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7813 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7815 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7817 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7818 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7819 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7821 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7823 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7824 Run batched scoring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7825 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7827 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7828
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7829 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
7830 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (14855 56553))
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7831 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7832
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7833 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7834
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7835 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7836 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7837
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7838 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7839
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7840 ;;;***
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7841
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7842 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7843 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
7844 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7845 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7846
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7847 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7848 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7849 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7850 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7851 group parameters.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7852
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7853 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7854 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7855 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7856 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7857
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7858 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7859 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7860 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7861 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7862 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7863 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7864 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7865 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7866 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7867 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7868
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7869 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7870 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7871 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7872
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7873 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7874 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7875
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7876 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7877 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7878 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7879
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7880 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7881
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7882 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7883 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. It
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7884 can be embedded into nnmail-split-fancy lists with the SPLIT
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7885
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7886 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7887
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7888 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7889 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7890 existing groups are considered.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7891
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7892 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7893 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7894 returned.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7895
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7896 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7897 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7898 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7899 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7900 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7901 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7902 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7903 clauses will be generated.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7904
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7905 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7906 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7907 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7908 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7909 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7910 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
7911
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7912 For example, given the following group parameters:
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7913
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7914 nnml:mail.bar:
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7915 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7916 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7917 nnml:mail.foo:
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7918 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7919 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7920 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7921 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7922 nnml:mail.others:
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7923 \((split-spec . catch-all))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7924
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7925 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7926
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7927 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7928 \"mail.bar\")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7929 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7930 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7931 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7932
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7933 ;;;***
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7934
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7935 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
7936 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7937 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7939 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7940 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7941 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7943 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7944
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
7945 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (14915
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
7946 ;;;;;; 6802))
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7947 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7948
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7949 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7950 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7951 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
7952 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
7953
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
7954 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
7955
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7956 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7957
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7958 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
7959 ;;;;;; (14845 20875))
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7960 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7961
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7962 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7963 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7964 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7965 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7966 part is ignored.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7967
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7968 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7969 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7970 rather than using this function." nil nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7971
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7972 ;;;***
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
7973
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7974 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
7975 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7976 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7978 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7979 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7980 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7981 for matching on group names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7983 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7984 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7986 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7988 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7990 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7992 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
7993 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7994 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7996 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7997 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7999 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8001 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
8002 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14862 37897))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8003 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8005 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8006 Unload all Gnus features.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8007 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8008 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8009 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8011 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8012 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8014 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8016 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
8017 ;;;;;; (14955 64850))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8018 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8020 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8021 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8023 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8024
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
8025 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (14726 36008))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8026 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8028 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8029 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8030 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8031 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8032 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8034 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8035 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8036 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8038 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8039 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8040 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8042 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8044 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8045 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14747 44775))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
8046 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8048 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8049 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8050 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8051 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8052 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8054 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8055 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8056 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8057 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8058 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8060 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8061 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8062 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8063 or to send e-mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8064 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8066 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8067 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8069 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8070
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
8071 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14959 64907))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8072 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8074 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8075 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8076 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8077 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8078 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8080 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8082 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8083 ;;;;;; (14961 24345))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8084 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8086 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8087 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8088 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8089 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8091 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8092 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8093 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8094 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8096 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8097 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8098 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8099 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8101 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8102 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8103 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8104 and source-file directory for your debugger.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8106 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8107 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8109 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8110 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8111 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8112 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8114 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8115 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8116 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8117 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8119 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8120 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8121 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8122 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8123 between it and it's value." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8124 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8126 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8127
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8128 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14638
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8129 ;;;;;; 40782))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8130 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8132 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8133 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8134 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8135 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8137 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8138 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8139 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8140 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8142 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8143
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8144 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
8145 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8146 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8148 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8149 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8150
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8151 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8152 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8153 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8154 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8155
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8156 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8157
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8158 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8159 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8160 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8161 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8162 to be updated." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8163
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8164 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8165
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8166 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8167 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8168 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8170 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8171 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8172 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8173 and window listing and describing the options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8174 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8175 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8177 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8179 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8180 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 32866))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8183 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8184 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8186 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8187 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8189 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8191 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
8192 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14821 31346))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8193 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8195 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8196 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8197 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8198 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8199 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8201 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8202 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8204 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8205 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8206 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8207 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8209 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8210 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8211 periods.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8213 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8214 in hexl format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8216 A sample format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8218 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8219 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8220 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8221 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8222 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8223 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8224 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8225 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8226 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8227 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8228 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8229 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8230 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8231 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8232 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8234 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8235 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8236 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8238 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8239 also supported.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8241 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8243 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8244 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8245 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8247 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8248 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8249 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8251 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8252 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8254 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8255 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8257 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8258 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8260 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8262 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8263 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8264
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8265 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8267 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8269 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8270 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8271 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8273 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8274 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8275 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8277 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8278
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8279 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8280 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8281 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (14984
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8282 ;;;;;; 63500))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8283 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8284
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8285 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8286
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8287 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8288 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8289
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8290 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8291
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8292 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8293
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8294 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8295 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8296
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8297 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8298 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8299 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8300 which can be called interactively, are:
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8301
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8302 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8303 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8304
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8305 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8306 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8307 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8308 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8309
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8310 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8311 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8312
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8313 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8314 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8315
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8316 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8317 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8318 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8319 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8320 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8321 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8322
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8323 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8324 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8325
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8326 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8327 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8328 Hi-lock: FOO
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8329 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8330 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8331 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8332 will be read until
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8333 Hi-lock: end
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8334 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8335
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8336 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8337
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8338 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8339 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8340
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8341 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8342 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8343 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8344 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8345
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8346 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8347
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8348 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8349 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8350
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8351 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8352 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8353 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8354 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8355
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8356 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8357
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8358 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8359 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8360
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8361 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8362 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8363
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8364 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8365
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8366 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8367 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8368
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8369 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8370 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8371 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8372 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8373 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8374
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8375 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8376 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8377
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8378 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8379 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8380 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8381
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8382 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8383
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8384 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8385 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14745 14843))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8386 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8387
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8388 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8389 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8390
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8391 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8392 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8393 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8394 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8395 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8396 how the hiding is done:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8398 hide-ifdef-env
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8399 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8400 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8401 is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8403 hide-ifdef-define-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8404 An association list of defined symbol lists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8405 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8406 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8407 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8409 hide-ifdef-lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8410 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8411 #endif lines when hiding.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8413 hide-ifdef-initially
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8414 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8415 is activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8417 hide-ifdef-read-only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8418 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8419 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8421 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8423 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8424 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8426 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8427 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8429 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8430 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8432 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8433
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8434 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
8435 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14799 2695))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8438 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8439 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8440
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8441 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8442 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8443 Each element has the form
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8444 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8445
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8446 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8447 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8448
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8449 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8450 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8451
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8452 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8453 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8454 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8455 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8456 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8457
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8458 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8459 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8460
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8461 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8462 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8463
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8464 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8465 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8466 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8468 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8469 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8470 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8471 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8472 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8473 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8475 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8476 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8477 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8479 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8480 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8481
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
8482 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
8483
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8484 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8485 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8487 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8489 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8490 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8491 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8492 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14750 32459))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8493 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8494
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8495 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8496
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8497 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8498 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8499 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8501 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8502 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8503
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8504 Without an argument:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8505 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8506 or passive state as determined by the variable
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8507 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8508 and passive state.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8509
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8510 With an argument ARG:
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8511 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8512 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8513 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8514
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8515 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8516 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8517 not displayed in a different face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8519 Functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8520 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8521 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8522 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8523 buffer with the contents of a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8524 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8525 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8526 various faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8528 Hook variables:
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8529 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8530 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8531 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8533 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8534 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8536 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8537 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8539 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8540 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8541
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8542 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8543 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8544 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8545 shown in the last face in the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8547 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8548 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8549 buffer to be saved):
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8550
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8551 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8553 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8554 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8556 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8557 and must not be read-only.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8558
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8559 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8560 this function is called interactively.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8561
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8562 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8563 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8564 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8565
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8566 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8567 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8568 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8570 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8571 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8573 When called interactively:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8574 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8575 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8576 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8577 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8579 When called from a program:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8580 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8581 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8582 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8583 - otherwise just turn it on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8585 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8586 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8587 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8588 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8590 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8592 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8593 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8594 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
8595 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
8596 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14735 57398))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8597 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8599 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8600 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8601 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8602 or insert functions in this list.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8604 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8605 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8607 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8608 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8610 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8611 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8613 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8614 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8616 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8617 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8618 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8620 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8621 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8622 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8623 \(as atoms)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8625 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8626 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8627 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8628 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8629 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8631 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8632 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8633 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8634 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8635 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8636 expansions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8637 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8638 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8639 undoes the expansion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8641 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8642 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8643 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8644 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8646 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8647
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
8648 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (14932 18342))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8649 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8650
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8651 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
8652 Toggle Hl-Line mode on or off.
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
8653 See the command `hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8654 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8655 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8656
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8657 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8658
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8659 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8660
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8661 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8662 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8663 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8664 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8665 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8666
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8667 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8668
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8669 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8670 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8671 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8673 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8674 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8676 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8677 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8679 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8681 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8683 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
8684 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616))
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
8685 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8687 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
8688 This function is obsolete.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
8689 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
8690 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8692 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
8693 This function is obsolete.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
8694 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
8695 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8697 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
8698 This function is obsolete.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
8699 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
8700 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8702 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8704 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
8705 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14957 20511))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8708 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8709 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8710 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8712 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8713 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8714 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8716 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8717
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
8718 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14854 32223))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8719 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8721 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8722 Major mode for editing Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8723 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8724 Tab indents for Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8725 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8726 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8727 \\{icon-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8728 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8729 icon-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8730 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8731 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8732 icon-auto-newline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8733 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8734 inserted in Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8735 icon-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8736 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8737 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8738 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8739 icon-continued-statement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8740 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8741 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8742 icon-continued-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8743 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8744 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8745 icon-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8746 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8747 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8748 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8749 this far to the right of the start of its line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8751 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8752 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8754 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8755
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8756 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
8757 ;;;;;; (14912 33400))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8758 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8759
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8760 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8761 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8762 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8763 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8764
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8765 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8766 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8767 separate frames.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8768
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8769 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8770
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8771 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8772 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8773 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8774
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8775 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8776
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8777 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8778
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8779 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
8780 ;;;;;; (14912 33400))
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8782
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8783 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8784 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8785
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8786 The main features of this mode are
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8787
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8788 1. Indentation and Formatting
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8789 --------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8790 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8791 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8792
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8793 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8794 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8795 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8796 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8797
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8798 Comments are indented as follows:
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8799
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8800 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8801 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8802 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8803
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8804 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8805
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8806 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8807 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8808 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8809 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8810 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8811
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8812 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8813 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8814 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8815
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8816 2. Routine Info
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8817 ------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8818 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8819 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8820 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8821 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8822 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8823 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8824 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8825
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8826 3. Online IDL Help
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8827 ---------------
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8828 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8829 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8830 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8831 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8832 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8833
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8834 4. Completion
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8835 ----------
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8836 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8837 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8838 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8839 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8840 mixed or upper case.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8841
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8842 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8843 --------------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8844 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8845 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8846
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8847 \\pr PROCEDURE template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8848 \\fu FUNCTION template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8849 \\c CASE statement template
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
8850 \\sw SWITCH statement template
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8851 \\f FOR loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8852 \\r REPEAT Loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8853 \\w WHILE loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8854 \\i IF statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8855 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8856 \\b BEGIN
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8857
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8858 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8859 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8860
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8861 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8862 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8863 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8864
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8865 6. Automatic Case Conversion
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8866 -------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8867 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8868 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8869
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8870 7. Automatic END completion
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8871 ------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8872 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8873 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8874
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8875 8. Hooks
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8876 -----
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8877 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8878 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8879
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8880 9. Documentation and Customization
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8881 -------------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8882 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8883 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8884 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8885 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8886 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8887
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8888 10.Keybindings
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8889 -----------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8890 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8891 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8892 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8893
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8894 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8895
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8896 ;;;***
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8897
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
8898 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14821 31346))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8899 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8900 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8902 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8903 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8904 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8906 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8907
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8908 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8909 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
8910 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14898 8349))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8911 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8912
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8913 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8914 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8915 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8916 be determined." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8917
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8918 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8919 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8920 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8921 be determined." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8923 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8924 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8925 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8927 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8928 Create an image.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8929 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8930 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8931 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8932 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
8933 use its file extension as image type.
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8934 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8935 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
8936 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8937 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8939 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8940 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8941 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8942 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8943 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8944 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8945 POS may be an integer or marker.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8946 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8947 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8948 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8949 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8951 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8952 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8953 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8954 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8955 defaulted if you omit it.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8956 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8957 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8958 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8959 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8961 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8962 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8963 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8964 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8965
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8966 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8967 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8968
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8969 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8970
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8971 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8972 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8973 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8974 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8975 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8976 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8977 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8978 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8979 satisfied.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8980
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8981 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8982
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8983 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8984 Define SYMBOL as an image.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8986 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8987 documentation string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8989 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8990 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8991 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8992 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8993 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8994 string containing the actual image data. The first image
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8995 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8996 define SYMBOL.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8998 Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9000 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9001 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9003 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9004
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9005 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9006 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
9007 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (14974 10042))
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9008 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9009
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
9010 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm")) "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9011 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9012 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9013 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9014
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9015 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9016 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9017 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9018 variable is set using \\[customize].")
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9019
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9020 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9021 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9022 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9023 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9024
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9025 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9026 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9027 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9028 variable is set using \\[customize].")
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9029
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9030 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9031 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9032
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9033 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9034 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9035 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9036 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9037
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9038 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
9039 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
9040 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9041 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9042 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9043
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9044 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9045
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9046 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9047
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9048 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9049 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9050 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9051 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9052
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9053 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9054 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9055 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9056
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9057 ;;;***
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9058
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9059 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
9060 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14980 3988))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9063 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9064 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9066 Affects only the mouse index menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9068 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9069 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9070 in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9072 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9074 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9075 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9076 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9078 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9079 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9081 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9082 to create a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9084 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9085 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9086 or like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9087 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9088 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9089 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9090 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9091 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9093 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9094 entries are not nested.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9096 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9097 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9098 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9099 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9101 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9102 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9104 The variable is buffer-local.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9106 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
9107 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9108 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9110 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
9111 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
9112 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
9113 during matching.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9115 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9117 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9118 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9120 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9121 of the current buffer as an alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9123 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9124 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9125 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9126 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9127 if it is a sub-alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9129 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9131 The variable is buffer-local.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9133 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9135 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9136 Function for finding the next index position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9138 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9139 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9140 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9141 file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9143 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9144 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9146 This variable is local in all buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9148 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9150 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9151 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9153 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9154 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9155 It should return the name for that index item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9157 This variable is local in all buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9159 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9160
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9161 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9162 Function to compare string with index item.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9163
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9164 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9165 non-nil if they match.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9166
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9167 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9168 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9169 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9170 arguments match\".
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9171
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9172 This variable is local in all buffers.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9173
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9174 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9175
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9176 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9177 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9178 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9180 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9181
35744
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
9182 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
9183
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9184 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9186 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9187 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9188 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9189 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9191 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9192 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9194 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9196 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9197 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9198 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9199 for more information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9201 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9202
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9203 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
9204 ;;;;;; (14821 31354))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9205 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9207 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9208 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9209 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9210 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9211 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9213 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9214 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9216 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9217 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9218 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9219 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9220 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9221 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9222 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9223 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9225 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9226 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9227 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9228 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9229 Inferior Lisp buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9230
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9231 This variable is only used if the variable
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9232 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9233
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9234 More precise choices:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9235 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9236 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9237 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9239 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9241 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9242 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9244 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9245 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9246 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9247 to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9248 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9249 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9250 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9251 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9252 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9254 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9256 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9258 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9259 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
9260 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14987 38427))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9261 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9263 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9264 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9265 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9267 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9268 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9269 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9270 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9271 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9272 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9274 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9275 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9277 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9278 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9279 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9281 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9282 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9283 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9284 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9285
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9286 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9287 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9288
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9289 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9290 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
9291 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9292 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9293 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9295 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
9296 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
9297 KEY is a string.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9298 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
9299 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9300 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9301 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9303 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9304 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9305 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9307 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9309 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9310 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
9311 ;;;;;; (14711 25231))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9312 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9314 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9315 Throw away all cached data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9316 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9317 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9318 system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9320 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9321 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9322 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9323 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9324 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9325 The default symbol is the one found at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9326
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9327 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9329 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9330 Display the documentation of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9331 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9332 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9333 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9334 The default file name is the one found at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9335
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9336 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9338 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9339 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9341 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9342 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9344 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9346 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9347 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9348 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9350 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9351 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9353 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9354 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9355 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9357 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9358 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9359 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9361 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9362 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9363 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9364 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9366 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9367 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9368 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9370 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9371 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9372 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9373 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9374 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9376 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9378 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9379 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
9380 ;;;;;; (14837 20776))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9381 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9383 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9384 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9386 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9387 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9389 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9391 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9393 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
9394 ;;;;;; (14388 11031))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9395 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9397 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9398 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9399 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9400 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9401 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9402 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9404 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9405 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9407 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9408 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9409 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9410 \"s gives German sharp s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9411 /a gives a with ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9412 /e gives an a-e ligature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9413 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9414 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9415 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9417 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9418 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9420 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9422 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9423 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9424 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
9425 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14913 56005))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9426 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9428 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9429 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9430 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
9431 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9433 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9434 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9435 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
9436 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9438 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9439 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9440 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
9441 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9443 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9444 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9445 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
9446 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9448 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9449 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9450 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
9451 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9453 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9454 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9455 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
9456 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9458 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9459 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9460 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
9461 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9462
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9463 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9464 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9465 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
9466 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9467
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9468 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9469 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9470 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
9471 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9472
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9473 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9474 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9476 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9477 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9479 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9480 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9482 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
9485 ;;;;;; (14716 1570))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9486 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9487 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9488 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9489 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9491 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9492
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9493 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9494 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9495 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9496 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9497 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
9498 ;;;;;; (14941 34892))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9499 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9500
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9501 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9502 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9503
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9504 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9505 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9506
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9507 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9508 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9509
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9510 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9511 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9512 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9513 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9515 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9516 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9517 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9518
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9519 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9521 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9522
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9523 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9524
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9525 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9527 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9528
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9529 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9531 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9532 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9534 Each element of this list is also a list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9536 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9537 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9539 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9540 nil means the default dictionary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9542 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9543 word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9545 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9547 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9548 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9549 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9550 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9551 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9552 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9553 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9554 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9555 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9557 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9558 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9559 single word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9561 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9562 subprocess.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9564 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9565 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9566 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9567 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9568 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9569 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9570 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9571 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9573 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9575 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9576 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9577 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9579 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9580 Key map for ispell menu.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9582 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9583 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9584 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9585 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9586
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9587 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
9588
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
9589 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
9590
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
9591 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
9592
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
9593 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
9594
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
9595 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9596
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9597 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9598 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9599 The alist key must be a regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9600 Valid forms include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9601 (KEY) - just skip the key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9602 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9603 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9604 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9605
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9606 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9607 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9608 First list is used raw.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9609 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9611 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9612 for skipping in latex mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9614 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9616 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9617 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9618 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9619 in a window allowing you to choose one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9621 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9622 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9623 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9624 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9625 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9627 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9628 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9630 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9632 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9633 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9634
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9635 return values:
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9636 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9637 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9638 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9639 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9640 quit spell session exited." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9642 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9643 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9645 Selections are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9647 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9648 SPC: Accept word this time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9649 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9650 `a': Accept word for this session.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9651 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9652 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9653 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9654 `?': Show these commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9655 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9656 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9657 the aborted check to be completed later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9658 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9659 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9660 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9661 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9662 `C-l': redraws screen
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9663 `C-r': recursive edit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9664 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9666 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9667 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9668 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9670 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9671 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9672 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9674 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9676 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9678 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9679 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9680 Return nil if spell session is quit,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9681 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9683 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9684 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9686 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9687 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9689 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9690 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9692 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9693 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9694 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9695 sequence inside of a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9697 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9699 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9700 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9701
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9702 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9703 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9704 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
9705 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
9706
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
9707 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
9708 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
9709 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
9710 available on the net." t nil)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9711
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9712 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9713 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9714 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9715
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9716 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9717 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9719 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9720 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9722 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9723 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9724 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9725 Don't check included messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9727 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9728 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9729 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9731 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9732 in your .emacs file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9733 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9734 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9735 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9736 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9738 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9739 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9740 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9742 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9743
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9744 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9745 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9746 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
9747 ;;;;;; (14960 24088))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9748 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9749
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9750 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9751 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9753 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9754
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9755 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9756
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9757 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9758
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9759 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9760 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9761 Return the name of a buffer selected.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9762 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9763 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9764 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9766 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9767 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9768 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9769 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9770
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9771 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9773 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9774 Switch to another buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9776 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9777 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9778 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9779 in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9780 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9782 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9783 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9784 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9785 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9787 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9788 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9789 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9790 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9792 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9793 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9794 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9795 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9796
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9797 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9798 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9799 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9800 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9801 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9802
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9803 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9805 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9806 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9807 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9808 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (14718 42200))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9809 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9811 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9813 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9814 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9815 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9816 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9817 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9818 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9819 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9820 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9822 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9823 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9824 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9825 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9827 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9828 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9829 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9830 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9831 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9833 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9834 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9835 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9836 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9838 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9839 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9840 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9841 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9843 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9844 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9846 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9847 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9848 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9849 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9850 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9852 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9853 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9854 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9855 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9856 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9858 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9859 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9860 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9862 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9863
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
9864 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (14952
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
9865 ;;;;;; 26740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9866 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9867
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9868 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9869 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9870 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9871 that needs to be (re)fontified.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9872 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9873
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9874 ;;;***
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9875
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9876 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
9877 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (14913 56004))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9878 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9879
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9880 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
9881 Toggle Auto-Compression mode on or off.
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
9882 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9883 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9884 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9885
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9886 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9887
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9888 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9889
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9890 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9891 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9892 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
9893 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9894
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9895 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9896 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
9897
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9898 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9900 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9901 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9902 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9904 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9905 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9906 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9908 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9909 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9910 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9911 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9912 shorter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9914 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9915 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9916 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9918 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9919
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
9920 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (14762
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
9921 ;;;;;; 12604))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9922 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9923
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9924 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9925 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9926 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9927 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9928 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9929 positions that contains the current selection.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9930
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9931 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9932 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9933 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9934 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9935 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9936 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9937 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9939 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9940
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9941 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9942 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9943 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9944
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9945 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9946 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9947 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9949 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9951 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9953 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
9954 ;;;;;; (14914 11282))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9955 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9957 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9959 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9960 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9962 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9964 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9965 Start or resume an Lm game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9966 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9967 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9969 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9970 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9971 none / 1 | yes | no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9972 2 | yes | yes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9973 3 | no | yes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9974 4 | no | no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9976 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9977 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9978 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9980 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9981
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9982 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9983 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9984 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (14647 32047))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9985 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9986
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9987 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9988
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9989 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9990 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9991 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9992 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9993 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9994 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9995
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9996 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9997 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9998
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9999 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10000 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10001
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10002 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10003 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10004 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10005 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10006 to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10007
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10008 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10009
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10010 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10011
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10012 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10013
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10014 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
10015 ;;;;;; (14984 12138))
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10016 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10017
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10018 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10019 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10020 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10021 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10022 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10023 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10024 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10025 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10026
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10027 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10028 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10029
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10030 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10031
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10032 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10033
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10034 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10035 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10036 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10037 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10038 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'." nil nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10039
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10040 ;;;***
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10041
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10042 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
10043 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14862 37894))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10044 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10046 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10047 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10048 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10049 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10051 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10053 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10055 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10056 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10057 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10058 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10059 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10060 for large buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10062 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10063 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10064 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10065 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10066 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10068 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10069 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10070 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10071 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10072 slow to keep up with your typing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10074 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10075 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10076 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10077 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10078 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10079 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10081 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10082 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10083 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10084 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10086 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10087 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10088 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10089 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10091 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10092 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10093 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10094 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10095 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10097 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10098 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10100 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10102 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
10103 ;;;;;; (14821 31349))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10104 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10106 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10107 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10109 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10110 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10112 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10113 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10115 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10116 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10117 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10118 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10119 for later transmission to Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10120 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10121 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10122 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10123 and transmit saved text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10124 \\{ledit-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10125 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10126 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10128 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10130 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10131
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10132 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10133 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10135 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10136 Run Conway's Life simulation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10137 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10138 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10139 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10141 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10142
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
10143 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14847
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
10144 ;;;;;; 14322))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10145 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10147 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10148 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10149 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10150 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10152 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10154 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
10155 ;;;;;; (14763 31121))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10156 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10158 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10159 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10160 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10162 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10163 Run the locate command with a filter.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10164
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10165 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10166 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10168 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10169
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
10170 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14909 56659))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10171 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10172
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10173 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10174 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
10175 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10176 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10177 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10178 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10179 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10180 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10181 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10182 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10183 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10184 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10185 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10186
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10187 ;;;***
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10188
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
10189 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14909
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
10190 ;;;;;; 56659))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10191 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10192
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10193 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
10194 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10195
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10196 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
10197
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10198 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
10199 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14977
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
10200 ;;;;;; 56658))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10201 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10202
35744
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
10203 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
10204
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
10205 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
10206
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
10207 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10208 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10209 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10211 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10212 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10214 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10215 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10216 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10217 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10218 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10219 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10220 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10222 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10223 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10224 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10225 switch on this list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10226 See `lpr-command'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10227
35744
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
10228 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10229 *Name of program for printing a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10231 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10232 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10233 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10234 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10235 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10236 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10237 argument.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10239 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10240 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10241 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10242 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10244 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10245 Paginate and print buffer contents.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10246
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10247 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10248 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10249 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10250 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10251
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10252 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10253 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10254
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10255 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10256 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10258 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10259 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10260 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10261 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10263 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10264 Paginate and print the region contents.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10265
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10266 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10267 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10268 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10269 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10270
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10271 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10272 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10273
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10274 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
10275 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10277 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10278
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
10279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14930 62509))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10280 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10281
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10282 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10284 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10286 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10287 ;;;;;; 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10288 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10290 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10291 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10292 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10294 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10296 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10297
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
10298 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (14718
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
10299 ;;;;;; 57758))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10300 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10302 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10303 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10304 \\{m4-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10305 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10307 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10309 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
10310 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (14856 15551))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10311 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10313 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10314 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10315 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10316 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10317 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10319 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10320 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10321 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10322 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10324 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10325 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10326 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10327 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10328 bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10330 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10331 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10333 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10334 Query user during kbd macro execution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10335 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10336 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10337 each time the macro executes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10338 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10339 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10340 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10341 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10342 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10343 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10344 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10346 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10347 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10348 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10350 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10351 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10352 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10353 execute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10355 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10356 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10358 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10359 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10360 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10361 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10362 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10364 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10365 looked like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10367 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10368 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10369 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10371 You could enter the names in this format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10373 foo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10374 bar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10375 baz
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10377 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10379 \\C-x (
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10380 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10381 \\C-x )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10383 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10384 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10385 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10386 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10388 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10389
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10390 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10391 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10392 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10394 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10395 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10396 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10397 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10399 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10400 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10401 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10402 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10403 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10405 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10406 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10407 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10408 consing a string.)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10410 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10411 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10413 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10415 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10416 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
10417 ;;;;;; (14932 18342))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10418 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10420 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10421 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10423 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10425 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10426 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10428 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10429 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10430 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10431 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10433 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10435 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10436
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10437 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10438 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
10439 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14799
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
10440 ;;;;;; 27006))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10441 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10443 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10444 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10445 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10446 often correct parser.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10448 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10449
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10450 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10451 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10452 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10453 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10454
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10455 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10456 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10457 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10458 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10459
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10460 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10461 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10462 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10463 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10464
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10465 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10466 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10467 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10468 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10469 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10470 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10472 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10474 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
10475 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14924 33104))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10476 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10478 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10479 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10481 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10482 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10483 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10485 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10486 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10487 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10489 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10491 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10492 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10493 ;;;;;; 15646))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10494 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10496 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10497 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10498 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10499 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10500 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10501 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10502 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10503 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10505 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10506 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10507 If interactive, expand in header fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10508 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10509 their `Resent-' variants.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10511 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10512 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10514 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10515 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10516 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10518 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10519 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10520 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10521 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10523 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10524 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10525 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10526 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10528 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10530 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
10531 ;;;;;; (14976 12163))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10532 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10534 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10535 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10536 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10538 \\{makefile-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10540 In the browser, use the following keys:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10542 \\{makefile-browser-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10544 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10546 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10547 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10549 makefile-target-colon:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10550 The string that gets appended to all target names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10551 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10552 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10554 makefile-macro-assign:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10555 The string that gets appended to all macro names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10556 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10557 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10558 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10559 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10560 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10562 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10563 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10564 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10566 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10567 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10569 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10570 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10571 up or down in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10573 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10574 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10576 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10577 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10579 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10580 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10581 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10582 has been selected in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10584 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10585 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10586 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10587 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10588 filenames are omitted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10590 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10591 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10592 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10593 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10594 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10595 the backslash itself intact.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10596 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10597 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10599 makefile-browser-hook:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10600 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10601 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10603 makefile-special-targets-list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10604 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10605 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10606 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10608 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10610 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10611 ;;;;;; 28917))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10612 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10614 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10615 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10616 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10618 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10619
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
10620 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14961 25294))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10621 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10623 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10625 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10626 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10627 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10628 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10629 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10630 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10631 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10632
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10633 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10634 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10636 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10637 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10639 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10641 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10642 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10643 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10644 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10645 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10646 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10647 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10648 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
10649 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14982 49764))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10650 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10652 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10653 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10654
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10655 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10656 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10657 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10658 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10659 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10660 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10662 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10663 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10665 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10666 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10668 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10669 *Local news organization file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10671 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10672 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10673 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10674 variable `mail-header-separator'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10675
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10676 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10677 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10678 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10679
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10680 See also `send-mail-function'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10682 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10683 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10685 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10686 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10688 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10689 *Function for citing an original message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10690 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10691 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10692 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10694 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10695 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10696 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10697 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10698 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10700 (defvar message-signature t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10701 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10702 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10703 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10704 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10706 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
10707 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
10708 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
10709 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10710
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10711 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10713 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10714 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10715 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10716 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10717 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10718 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10719 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10720 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10721 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10722 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10723 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10724 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10725 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10726 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10727 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10728 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10729 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10730 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10731 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10732 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10733 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10734 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10735 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10736 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10737 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10739 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10740 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10741 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10743 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10744 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10746 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10747 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10749 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10750 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10752 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10753 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10754 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10756 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10757 Cancel an article you posted.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10758 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10760 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10761 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10762 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10763 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10765 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10766 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10768 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10769 Forward the current message via mail.
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10770 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10771 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10773 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10774 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10776 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10777 Re-mail the current message.
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
10778 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10779 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10780 you." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10782 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10783 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10785 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10786 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10788 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10789 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10791 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10792 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10794 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10795 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10796 Works by overstriking characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10797 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10798 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10800 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10801 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10802 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10803 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10805 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10807 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10808 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10809 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10811 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10812 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10813 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10814 \\{meta-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10816 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10817 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10819 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10820 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10821 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10822 \\{meta-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10824 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10825 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10827 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10829 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10830 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
10831 ;;;;;; (14862 37898))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10832 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10834 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10835 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10836 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10838 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10839 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10840 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10841 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10842 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10843 redisplayed as output is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10844 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10846 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10847 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10848 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10849 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10850 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10851 means current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10852 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10853 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10855 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10856 Process current region through 'metamail'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10857 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10858 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10859 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10860 means current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10861 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10862 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10864 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10866 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
10867 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14977 57823))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10868 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10870 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10871 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10872 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10873 to the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10875 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10877 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10878 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10879 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10880 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10881 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10882 that want to create a mail buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10883 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10884
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10885 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10886 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10887 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10888 to the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10890 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10892 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10893 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10894 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10895 using the MH mail handling system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10896 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10897 messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10899 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10901 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10903 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10904 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10905 the yanked message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10907 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10908 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10909 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10910 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10911 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10913 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10914 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10915 inserted in a draft letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10917 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10918 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10920 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10922 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10923
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
10924 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14849
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
10925 ;;;;;; 24610))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10926 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10928 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10929 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10930 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10931 to the MH mail system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10933 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10934 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10936 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10937
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10939 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10941 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10942 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10944 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10945
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
10946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14906 3908))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10947 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10949 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10951 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10953 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10955 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10957 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10959 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
10960 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14720 22609))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10961 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10963 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10964 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10965 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10966 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10967 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10968 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10969 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10970 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10971 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10972 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10973 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10975 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10976 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10977 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10978 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10980 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10981
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10982 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10983 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (14897 44787))
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10984 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10985
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10986 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10987 Toggle Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode on or off.
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10988 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10989 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10990 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10991
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10992 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10993
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10994 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10995
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10996 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10997 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10998 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
10999 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
11000 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
11001 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
11002 default indication.
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
11003
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
11004 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
11005 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
11006
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
11007 ;;;***
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
11008
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11009 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11010 ;;;;;; (14660 49410))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11011 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11013 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11014 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11016 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11017
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11018 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
11019 ;;;;;; (14854 32223))
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11020 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11021
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11022 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11023 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11024 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11025 the entire message.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11026 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11027
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11028 ;;;***
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11029
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11030 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11031 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11032 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11034 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11035 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11036 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11037 followed by the first character of the construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11038 \\<m2-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11039 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11040 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11041 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11042 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11043 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11044 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11045 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11046 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11047 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11048 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11049 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11050 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11051 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11052 \\[m2-link] link
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11054 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11055 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11056 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11058 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11059
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11060 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
11061 ;;;;;; (14821 31351))
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11062 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11063
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11064 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11065 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11066
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11067 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11068 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11069
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11070 ;;;***
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11071
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11072 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14736
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
11073 ;;;;;; 21062))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11074 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11076 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11077 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11078 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11079 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11081 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11083 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11085 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11087 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11088 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11089 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11090 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11091 Triple-clicking selects lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11092 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11094 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11095 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11096 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11097 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11098 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11100 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11101 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11103 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11104 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11106 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11108 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11109 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11110 primary selection and region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11112 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11113
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11114 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11115 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11117 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11118 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11120 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11121
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
11122 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14969 21663))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11123 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11125 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
35744
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
11126 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
11127 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11128 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11129 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11131 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11133 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11135 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11136 Toggle Msb mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11137 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11138 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11139 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11141 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11143 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11144 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11145 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11146 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11147 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
11148 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (14967 22220))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11149 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11151 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11152 Display a list of all character sets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11153
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11154 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11155 for internal Emacs use.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11156
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11157 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11158 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11159 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11160 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11161 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11162
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11163 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11164 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11165 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11166 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11168 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11169 but still shows the full information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11170
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11171 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11172 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11173 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11174 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11175 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11176
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11177 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11178 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11179 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11180 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11181 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11182
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11183 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11184 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
11185
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11186 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11187 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11188
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
11189 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
11190 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer.
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
11191 POS defaults to point.
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
11192 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
11193 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
11194 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
11195
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11196 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11197 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11199 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11200 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11202 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11203 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11204 at the place of `..':
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11205 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11206 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11207 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11208 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11209 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11210 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11211 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11212 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11213 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11214 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11215 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11216 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11217 `default-process-coding-system' for read
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11218 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11219 `default-process-coding-system' for write
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11220 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11222 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11223 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11225 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11226 Display a list of all coding systems.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11227 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11229 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11230 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11231
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11232 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11233 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11234
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11235 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11236 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11238 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11239 Display information of FONTSET.
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
11240 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11242 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11243 Display a list of all fontsets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11244 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11245 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11246 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11248 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11249 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11251 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11252 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11254 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11255 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11256 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11257 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11259 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11260 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11261 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11263 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11264 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11265 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11267 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11268
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11269 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11270 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11271 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11272 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11273 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11274 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11275 ;;;;;; (14647 32042))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11276 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11278 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11279 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11280 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11281
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
11282 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
11283 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
11284
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
11285 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
11286 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11288 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11289 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11291 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11292 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11293 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11294 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11295 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11296
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11297 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11298 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11299 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11300 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11301 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11303 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11304 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11306 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11307
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
11308 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
11309 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
11310
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
11311 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
11312 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
11313 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
11314
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
11315 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
11316 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
11317 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11319 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11320 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11321 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11322 is considered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11323 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11324 longer than KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11325 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11327 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11328 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11329 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11330 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11331 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11332 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11333 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11334 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11335 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11336 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11337 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11339 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11340 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11342 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11343 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11345 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11346 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11348 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11349 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11351 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11352 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11354 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11355 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11356 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11357 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11359 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11360 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11361 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11362 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11364 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11365 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11366 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11367 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11368
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11369 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11370
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11371 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
11372 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11373 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11374
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11375 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
11376 Toggle Mouse-Wheel mode on or off.
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
11377 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11378 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11379 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11380
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11381 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11382
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11383 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11384
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11385 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11386 Toggle mouse wheel support.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11387 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11388 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11389
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11390 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11391 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11392
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11393 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11394
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11395 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
11396 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
11397 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
11398 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
11399 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11401 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11402 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11404 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11405 Ping HOST.
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11406 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11407 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11409 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11410 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11412 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11414 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11415 Run netstat program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11417 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11418 Run the arp program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11420 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11421 Run the route program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11423 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11424 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11426 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11427 Run nslookup program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11428
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
11429 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
11430 Run dig program." t nil)
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
11431
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11432 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11433 Run ftp program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11435 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11436 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11438 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11439 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11440 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11441 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11443 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11445 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11446 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11448 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11449 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11451 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11452
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11453 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11454 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11455 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-multi-line comment-padding
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11456 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
11457 ;;;;;; (14909 56659))
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11458 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11459
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11460 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11461
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11462 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11463
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11464 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11465
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11466 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11467
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11468 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11469
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11470 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11471 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11472 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11473 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11474 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11475
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11476 (defvar comment-start nil "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11477 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11478
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11479 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11480 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11481 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11482 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11483
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11484 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11485 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11486
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11487 (defvar comment-end "" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11488 *String to insert to end a new comment.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11489 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11490
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11491 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11492 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11493 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11494 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11495 column indentation or nil.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11496 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11497
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11498 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11499 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11500 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11501
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11502 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11503 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11504 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11505 of the corresponding number of spaces.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11506
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11507 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11508 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11509
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11510 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11511 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11512 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11513
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11514 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11515 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11516
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11517 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11518 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11519 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continuation' markers if any." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11520
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11521 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11522 Set the comment column based on point.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11523 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11524 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11525 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11526 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11527
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11528 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11529 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11530 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11531
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11532 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11533 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11534 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11535 comment markers." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11536
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11537 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11538 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
11539 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11540 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11541 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11542 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11543 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11544 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11545
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11546 The strings used as comment starts are built from
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11547 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11548
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11549 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11550 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11551 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
11552 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11553 case it calls `uncomment-region').
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11554 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11555 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11556 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11557
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11558 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11559 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11560 This indents the body of the continued comment
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11561 under the previous comment line.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11562
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11563 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11564 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11565 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11566
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11567 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11568 or comment indentation.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11569
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11570 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11571 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11572
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11573 ;;;***
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11574
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
11575 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14858
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
11576 ;;;;;; 32485))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11577 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11579 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11580 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11581 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11582 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11583 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11584 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11586 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11588 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
11589 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11590 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11592 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11593 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
11594 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11596 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11598 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
11599 ;;;;;; (14859 52340))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11600 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11602 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11603 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11604 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11606 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11608 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
11609 ;;;;;; (14858 32485))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11610 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11612 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11613 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11615 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11617 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
11618 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14791 27653))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11619 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11621 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11622 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11624 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11625 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11627 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11628 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11630 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11632 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11633 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11634 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11636 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11637 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11638 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11640 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11642 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11643 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11644 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11645 to future sessions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11647 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11648 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11649 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11650 to future sessions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11652 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11654 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
11655 ;;;;;; (14974 43714))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11656 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11658 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11659 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11660 \\{nroff-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11661 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11662 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11663 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11665 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11667 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11668 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11669 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11671 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11672 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11673 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11674 specified by `octave-help-files'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11675 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11677 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11679 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
11680 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11683 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11684 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11685 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11687 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11689 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11690 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11692 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11693 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11694 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11696 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11698 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11700 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
11701 ;;;;;; (14535 42824))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11704 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11705 Major mode for editing Octave code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11707 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11708 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11709 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11710 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11712 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11713 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11714 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11715 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11716 is why you need this mode!).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11718 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11719 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11720 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11722 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11724 Keybindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11725 ===========
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11727 \\{octave-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11729 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11730 ==============================================
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11732 octave-auto-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11733 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11734 Default is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11736 octave-auto-newline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11737 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11738 Default is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11740 octave-blink-matching-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11741 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11742 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11744 octave-block-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11745 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11746 Default is 2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11748 octave-continuation-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11749 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11750 Default is 4.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11752 octave-continuation-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11753 String used for Octave continuation lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11754 Default is a backslash.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11756 octave-mode-startup-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11757 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11758 Default is t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11760 octave-send-echo-input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11761 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11762 command to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11764 octave-send-line-auto-forward
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11765 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11766 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11768 octave-send-echo-input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11769 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11771 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11773 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11774 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11776 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11777 (setq auto-mode-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11778 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11780 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11781 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11783 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11784 (lambda ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11785 (abbrev-mode 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11786 (auto-fill-mode 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11787 (if (eq window-system 'x)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11788 (font-lock-mode 1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11790 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11791 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11792 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11793 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11795 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11797 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
11798 ;;;;;; (14821 31349))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11799 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11801 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11802 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
11803 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11805 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11806 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11807 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11808 in which there are commands to set the option values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11809 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11811 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11813 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11815 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
11816 ;;;;;; (14958 40595))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11817 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11819 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11820 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11821 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11822 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11824 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11825 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11826 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11827 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11829 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11830 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11831 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11832 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11833 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11834 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11836 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11837 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11839 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11840 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11841 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11842 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11843 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11844 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11845 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11846 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11847 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11848 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11849 The subheadings remain visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11850 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11852 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11853 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11854 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11856 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11857 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11859 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11860 Toggle Outline minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11861 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11862 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11864 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11865
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
11866 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (14854 32222))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11867 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11868
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11869 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
11870 Toggle Show-Paren mode on or off.
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
11871 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11872 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11873 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11874
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11875 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11876
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11877 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11878
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11879 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11880 Toggle Show Paren mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11881 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11882 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11884 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11885 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11887 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11888
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
11889 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14628
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
11890 ;;;;;; 14481))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11891 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11893 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11894 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11895 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11897 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11898 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11900 Other useful functions are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11902 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11903 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11904 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11905 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11906 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11907 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11908 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11909 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11910 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11912 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11914 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11915 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11916 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11917 Indentation for case statements.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11918 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11919 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11920 mark after an end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11921 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11922 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11923 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11924 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11925 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11926 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11927 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11928 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11929 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11930 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11932 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11933 pascal-separator-keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11935 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11936 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11938 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11940 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11941 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11942 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11944 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11945 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11946 The keys affected are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11947 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11948 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11949 M-Backspace does undo.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11950 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11951 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11952 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11954 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11956 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
11957 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (14783 15356))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11958 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11960 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11961 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11963 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11965 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11966 which modify the status of the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11968 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11969 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11971 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11972 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11974 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11975 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11976 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11977 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11978 turning pc-selection-mode on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11980 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11981 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11983 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11984 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11985 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11987 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11988 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11989 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11991 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11992 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11994 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11995 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11996 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11998 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11999 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12000 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12002 F6 other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12003 DELETE delete-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12004 C-DELETE kill-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12005 M-DELETE kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12006 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12007 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12008 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12010 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12011 Toggle PC Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12012 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12013 and cursor movement commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12014 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12015 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12017 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12019 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12021 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12022
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12023 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (14680
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
12024 ;;;;;; 33021))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12025 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12026
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12027 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12028 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12029
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12030 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12031
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12032 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
12033 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (14763 31121))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12034 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12035
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12036 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12037 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12038
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12039 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12040 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12041
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12042 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12043 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12044
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12045 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12046 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12047
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12048 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12049
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12050 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12051
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12052 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
12053 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (14911 29452))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12054 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12055
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12056 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12057 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12058
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12059 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12060 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12061
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12062 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12063 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12064
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12065 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12066
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12067 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (14680
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
12068 ;;;;;; 33025))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12069 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12070
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12071 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12072 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12073 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12074 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12075 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12076 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12077
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12078 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12079
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12080 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12081 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
12082 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (14680 33026))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12083 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12084
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12085 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12086 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12087
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12088 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12089
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12090 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12091 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12092
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12093 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12094 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12095
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12096 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12097 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12098
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12099 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12100
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12101 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12102 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12103
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12104 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12105 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12106
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12107 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12108 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12109
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12110 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12111
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12112 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12113 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
12114 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (14961
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
12115 ;;;;;; 12689))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12116 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12117
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12118 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12119 Support extensible programmable completion.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12120 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12121 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12122
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12123 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12124 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12125
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12126 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12127 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12128 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12129
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12130 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12131 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12132
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12133 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12134 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12135 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12136
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12137 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12138 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12139
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12140 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12141 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12142
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12143 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12144 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12145 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12146 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12147 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12148
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12149 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12150 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12151
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12152 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12153
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12154 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12155 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
35744
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
12156 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (14966 38375))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12157 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12158
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12159 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12160 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12161 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12162 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12163
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12164 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12165
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12166 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12167 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12168 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12169 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12170 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12171 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12172 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12173
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12174 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12175 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12176 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12177 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12178 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12179 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12180 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12181 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12182
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12183 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12184 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12185 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12186 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12187 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12188 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12189
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12190 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12191 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12192 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12193 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12194 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12195 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12196 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12197
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12198 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12199
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12200 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12201 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12202 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12203
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12204 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12205 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12206 NIL means never do it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12207 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12208 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12209 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12210
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12211 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12212 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12213 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12214
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12215 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12216
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
12217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14909 56659))
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
12218 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
12219
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
12220 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
12221
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
12222 ;;;***
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
12223
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12224 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
12225 ;;;;;; (14804 20134))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12226 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12228 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12229 Major mode for editing Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12230 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12231 Tab indents for Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12232 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12233 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12234 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12235 \\{perl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12236 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12237 perl-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12238 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12239 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12240 perl-tab-to-comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12241 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12242 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12243 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12244 perl-nochange
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12245 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12246 perl-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12247 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12248 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12249 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12250 perl-continued-statement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12251 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12252 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12253 perl-continued-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12254 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12255 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12256 perl-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12257 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12258 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12259 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12260 this far to the right of the start of its line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12261 perl-label-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12262 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12264 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12265 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12266 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12267 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12268 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12269 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12270 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12272 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12274 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12276 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
12277 ;;;;;; (14883 29490))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12278 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12280 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12281 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12282 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12283 afterwards settable by these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12284 C-c < Move left after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12285 C-c > Move right after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12286 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12287 C-c . Move down after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12288 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12289 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12290 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12291 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12292 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12293 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12294 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12295 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12296 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12297 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12298 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12299 with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12300 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12301 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12302 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12303 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12304 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12305 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12306 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12307 Return Move to beginning of next line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12308 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12309 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12310 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12311 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12312 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12313 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12314 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12315 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12316 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12317 You can manipulate text with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12318 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12319 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12320 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12321 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12322 text is saved in the kill ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12323 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12324 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12325 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12326 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12327 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12328 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12329 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12330 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12331 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12332 commands if invoked soon enough.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12333 You can return to the previous mode with:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12334 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12335 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12337 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12339 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12340 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12342 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12344 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12345
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
12346 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14977 58043))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12347 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12348
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12349 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12350 Play pong and waste time.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12351 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12352 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12353
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12354 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12355
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12356 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12357
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12358 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12359
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12360 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12361 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12362 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12364 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12365 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12366 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12367 can handle, whenever this is possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12368 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12370 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12371 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12372 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12373 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12374 in the variable `values'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12376 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12377 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12378 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12379 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12381 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12383 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
12384 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12385 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12387 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12388 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12389 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12390 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12391 \\{prolog-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12392 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12393 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12395 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12396 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12398 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12399
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
12400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14895 24173))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12401 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12403 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12404 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12405 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12407 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12408
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
12409 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14884
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
12410 ;;;;;; 1390))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12411 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12412
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12413 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12414 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12415
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12416 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12417
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12418 The following variables hold user options, and can
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12419 be set through the `customize' command:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12420
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12421 ps-mode-auto-indent
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12422 ps-mode-tab
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12423 ps-mode-paper-size
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12424 ps-mode-print-function
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12425 ps-run-prompt
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12426 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12427 ps-run-x
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12428 ps-run-dumb
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12429 ps-run-init
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12430 ps-run-error-line-numbers
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12431 ps-run-tmp-dir
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12432
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12433 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12434
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12435
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12436 \\{ps-mode-map}
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12437
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12438
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12439 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12440 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12441 The keymap for this second window is:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12442
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12443 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12444
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12445
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12446 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12447 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12448 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12449 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12450 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12451 " t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12452
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12453 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12454
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12455 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12456 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
27164
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12457 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
12458 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14728 33447))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12459 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12460
27164
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12461 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12462 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12463
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12464 Valid values are:
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12465
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12466 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12467 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12468 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12469 changed by setting the variable
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12470 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12471 The initial value of this variable is
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12472 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12473 documentation).
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12474
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12475 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12476 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12477 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12478 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12479 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12480 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12481 test it.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12482
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12483 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12484 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12485 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12486 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12487 source file. BDF fonts are included in
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12488 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12489 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12490 use this value, be sure to have installed
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12491 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12492 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12493 documentation of this variable).
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12494
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12495 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12496 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12497 characters. This is convenient when you want or
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12498 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12499 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12500 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12501
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12502 Any other value is treated as nil.")
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
12503
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12504 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12505 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12506 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12508 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12510 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12511 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12513 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12515 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12517 Returns the value:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12519 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12521 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12522 the sequence." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12523
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12524 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12525 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12526
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12527 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12528 composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12529
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12530 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12531
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12532 Returns the value:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12533
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12534 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12535
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12536 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12537 the sequence." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12538
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12539 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12540 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12542 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12543 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12544 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12546 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12548 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12550 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12551 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12552 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12553 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12554 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
12555 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14977 56713))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12556 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12558 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
26118
cac2b0da7b3a Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26084
diff changeset
12559 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12560 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12561 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12562
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12563 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12564 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12565
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12566 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12567 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12569 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12570 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12571 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12573 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12574 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12575 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12577 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12578 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12579 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12580 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12581 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12583 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12584 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12585 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12587 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12588 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12589 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12590 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12591 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12593 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12594 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12595 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12596 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12598 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12600 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12601 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12602 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12603 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12604 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12606 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12608 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12609 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12610 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12612 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12614 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12615 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12616 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12617 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12618 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12620 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12622 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12623 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12625 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12626 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12627 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12629 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12630 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12631 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12633 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12634 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12635 using the current ps-print setup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12636 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12637 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12639 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12640 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12641 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12643 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12644 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12645 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12647 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12648 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12650 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12651 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12653 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12654 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12656 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12658 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12660 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12661 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12663 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12664 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12666 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12668 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12670 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12672 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12673 foreground and background colors respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12675 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12676 bold - use bold font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12677 italic - use italic font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12678 underline - put a line under text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12679 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12680 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12681 shadow - text will have a shadow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12682 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12683 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12685 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12687 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12689 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12690 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12691 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12692 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
12693 ;;;;;; (14962 39487))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12694 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12696 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12697 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12698 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12700 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12701 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12702 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12703 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12704 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12705 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12706 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12708 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12709 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12710 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12711 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12712 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12713 shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12714 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12715
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12716 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12717 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12718 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12719 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12720 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12721 list of candidates.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12723 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12724 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12725 command to be called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12727 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12728 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12729 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12730 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12732 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12733 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12734 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12735 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12736 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12737 to t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12739 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12740 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12741 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12742 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12744 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12745 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12746 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12747 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12749 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12750 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12751 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12752 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12753 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12754 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12756 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12757 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12758 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12759 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12760 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12761 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12763 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12764 covers Quail translation region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12766 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12767 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12768 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12769 for it) is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12771 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12772 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12773 vs. corresponding command to be called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12775 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12776 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12777 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12779 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12780 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12782 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12783 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12784 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12785 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12786 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12787
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12788 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12789 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12790
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12791 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12792 keyboard type." t nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12793
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12794 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12795 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12796 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12797 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12798 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12799 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12800 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12801 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12802 for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12803 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12805 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12806 it is used to handle KEY.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12807
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12808 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12809 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12810 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12811 the following annotation types are supported.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12812
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12813 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12814 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12815
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12816 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12817 candidate list.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12818
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12819 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12820 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12821 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12822 inserted.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12823
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12824 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12825 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12827 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12828 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12829
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12830 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12831 which to install MAP.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
12832
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12833 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12834
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12835 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12836 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12837
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12838 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12839 which to install MAP.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12840
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12841 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12842
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12843 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12844 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12845 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12846 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12847 a function, or a cons.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12848 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12849 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12850 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12851 for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12852 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12853 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12854 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12855 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12856 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12858 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12859 it is used to handle KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12861 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12862 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12863 current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12865 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12866 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12868 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12869 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12870
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12871 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12872 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12873
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12874 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12875
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12876 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
12877 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12879 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12880 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12881 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12882 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12883 of the Emacs source tree.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12884
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12885 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12886 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12887
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12888 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12889 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12890 of each directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12892 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12894 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12895 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
12896 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14914
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
12897 ;;;;;; 30127))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
12898 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12900 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12901 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12902 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12903 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12905 To make use of this do something like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12907 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12909 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12910
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12911 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12912 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12913
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12914 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12915 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12916 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12918 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12919 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12921 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12922 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12924 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12925 is decided." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12926
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12927 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12928 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12929
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12930 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12931 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
12932 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12934 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12935 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12937 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12938 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12940 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12941 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12943 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12945 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12947 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12948 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12950 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12951
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
12952 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (14550
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
12953 ;;;;;; 7848))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
12954 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12956 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12957 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12958 See \\[compile]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12960 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12961
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12962 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
12963 ;;;;;; (14980 3782))
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12964 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12965
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12966 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12967 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12968
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12969 ;;;***
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12970
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12971 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12972 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
12973 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (14977 57209))
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12974 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12975
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12976 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12977 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12978
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12979 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12980 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12981
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12982 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12983 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12984
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12985 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12986 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12987 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12988 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12989 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12990
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12991 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12992 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12993
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12994 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
12995 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
12996 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12997 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12998 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
12999
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13000 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13001
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13002 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13003
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13004 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13005 Toggle recentf mode.
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13006 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13007 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13008
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13009 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13010 were operated on recently." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13011
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
13012 ;;;***
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
13013
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
13014 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
13015 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
13016 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
13017 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14877
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
13018 ;;;;;; 36786))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13019 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13021 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13022 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13023 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13024 spaces and tab.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13025
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13026 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13027 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13029 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13030 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13031 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13032 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13033 ends.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13034
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13035 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13036 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13037 to be deleted." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13039 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13040 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13041 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13042
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13043 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13044 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13045 deleted." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13047 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13048 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13049 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13051 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13052 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13053
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13054 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13055 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13056
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13057 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13058 deleted." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13060 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13061 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13063 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13064 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13065 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13066 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13067 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13068 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13069 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13071 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13072 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13073
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13074 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13075 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13076
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13077 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13078 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13079 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13080 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13082 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13083 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13084 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13085 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13086 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13087
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13088 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13089 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13091 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13092 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13093
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13094 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13095 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13096 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13097
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
13098 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
13099 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
13100
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13101 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13102 Blank out the region-rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13103 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13104
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13105 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13106 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13107 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13108
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13109 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13110
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
13111 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (14875
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
13112 ;;;;;; 62936))
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13113 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13114
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13115 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13116 Toggle Refill minor mode.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13117 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13118
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13119 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13120 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13121 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13122
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13123 ;;;***
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13124
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13125 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
13126 ;;;;;; (14900 39721))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13127 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13129 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13130 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13132 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13133 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13134
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13135 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13136 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13137
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13138 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13139 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13140 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13141 \\ref macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13143 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13144 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13145 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13146
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13147 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13148 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13149 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13151 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13152 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13154 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13155 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13157 \\{reftex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13158 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13159 on the menu bar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13161 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13162
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13163 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13164
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13165 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
13166 ;;;;;; (14900 39720))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13167 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13168
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13169 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13170 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13171 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13172 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13173 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13174 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13176 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13177
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13178 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13179
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13180 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13181 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13182 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13183 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13185 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13186 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13187 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13188 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13190 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13191
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13192 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
13193 ;;;;;; (14900 39721))
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13194 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13195
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13196 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13197 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13198 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13199
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13200 To insert new phrases, use
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13201 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13202 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13203
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13204 To index phrases use one of:
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13205
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13206 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13207 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13208 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13209 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13210 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13211
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13212 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13213 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13214
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13215 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13216
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13217 Here are all local bindings.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13218
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13219 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13220
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13221 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
13222
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13223 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
13224 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13225 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13227 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13228 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13229 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13230 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13231 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13232 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13233
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13234 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13235 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13236
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13237 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13238 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13240 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13241 Return the depth of REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13242 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13243 in REGEXP." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13245 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13246
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
13247 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14981 28008))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13248 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13250 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13251 Repeat most recently executed command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13252 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13253 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13254 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13256 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13257 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13258 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13260 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13262 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13263 ;;;;;; (14638 40777))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13264 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13265
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13266 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13267 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13268
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13269 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13270 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13271 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13272 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13273 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13274 and point is left after the salutation.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13275
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13276 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13277 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13278 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13279 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13280 left after that text.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13281
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13282 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13283 is non-nil.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13284
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13285 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13286 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13287 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13288 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13290 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13292 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
13293 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13294 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13296 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13297 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13298 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13299 visibility of comments that precede it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13300 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13301 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13302 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13303 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13304 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13305 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13306 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13307 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13308 the comment lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13309 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13310 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13311 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13312 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13313 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13314 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13316 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13318 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13319 ;;;;;; 50658))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13320 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13322 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13323 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13325 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13327 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13328 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13329 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13331 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13332 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13334 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13335 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13337 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13338
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
13339 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
13340 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13341 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13343 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13344 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13345 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13346 other arguments for `rlogin'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13348 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13350 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13351 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13352 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13353 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13355 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13356 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13358 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13359 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13361 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13362 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13363 INPUT-ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13365 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13366 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13367 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13368 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13369 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13371 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13372 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13373 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13374 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13376 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13377 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13378 variable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13380 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13382 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
13383 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
13384 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
13385 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
13386 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
13387 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
13388 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14974 36648))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13389 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13391 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13392 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13393 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13394 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13396 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13397 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13398 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13399 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13400 value is the user's name.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13401 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13402
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
13403 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13404 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13405 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13406 which normally happens once for each message,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13407 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13408 To make a change in this variable take effect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13409 for a message that you have already viewed,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13410 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13412 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13413 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13414 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13415 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13417 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13418 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13420 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13421 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13422 A value of nil means don't highlight.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13423 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13425 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13426 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13428 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13429 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13431 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13432 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13433 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13434 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13435 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13437 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13438 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13440 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13441 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13443 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13444 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13445
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
13446 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
28292
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
13447 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
13448
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13449 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13450 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13452 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13453 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13455 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13456 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13457
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
13458 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
13459 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
13460
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13461 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13462 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13463 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13464 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13466 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13467 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13469 This is set to nil by default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13471 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13472 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13473 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13474 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13475 until a user explicitly requires it.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13477 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13478 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13480 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13481 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13482 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13483 this feature is required with `require'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13485 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13486 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13487 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13488 the message is decoded as normal way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13490 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13491 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13492 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13494 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13495 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13496 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13498 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13499 Read and edit incoming mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13500 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13501 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13502 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13504 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13505 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13506 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13507 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13509 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13511 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13512 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13513 All normal editing commands are turned off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13514 Instead, these commands are available:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13516 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13517 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13518 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13519 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13520 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13521 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13522 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13523 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13524 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13525 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13526 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13527 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13528 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13529 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13530 till a deleted message is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13531 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13532 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13533 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13534 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13535 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13536 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13537 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13538 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13539 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13540 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13541 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13542 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13543 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13544 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13545 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13546 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13547 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13548 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13549 (label defaults to last one specified).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13550 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13551 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13552 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13553 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13554 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13555 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13556 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13557 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13558 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13560 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13561 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13563 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13564 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13566 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13568 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
13569 ;;;;;; (14387 64265))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13570 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13572 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13573 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13575 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13577 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13578 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13579 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13580 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13582 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13583 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13584 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13586 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13587 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13588 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13590 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13592 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13593 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13594 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13595 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13596 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13598 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13599 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13600 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13601 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13602 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13604 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13606 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13607 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13608 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13610 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13611 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13612 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13613 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13615 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13617 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13618 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13619 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14636 62741))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13620 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13622 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13623 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13624 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13625 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13626 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13627 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13628 a file name as a string.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13630 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13631 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13632 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13633 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13634 buffer visiting that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13635 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13636 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13638 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13639 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13641 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13642 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13643
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13644 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13645 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13647 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13648 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13650 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13651 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13652 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13653 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13654 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13656 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13657 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13658 will be appended with their original headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13660 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13661 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13663 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13664 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13666 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13668 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13669 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13670 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13672 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13674 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13675 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13676 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13677 ;;;;;; 26387))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13678 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13680 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13681 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13682 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13684 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13685 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13686 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13688 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13689 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13690 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13692 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13693 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13694 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13696 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13697 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13698 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13700 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13701 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13702 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13704 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13705 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13706 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13707 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13709 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13710
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13711 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13712 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13713 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13714 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
13715 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14902 15284))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13716 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13718 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13719 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13721 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13722 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13724 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13725 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13727 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13728 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13729 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13731 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13732 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13733 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13734 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13735 only look in the To and From fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13736 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13738 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13739 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13740 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13741 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13742 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13744 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13745 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13746 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13747 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13748 look in the whole message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13749 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13751 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13752 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13753 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13755 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13756 *Function to decode summary-line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13758 By default, `identity' is set.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13759
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13760 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13761 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13762 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13763 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13764 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13765 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13766 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13767
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13768 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13769 sent by you under different user names.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13770 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13771
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13772 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
13773
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13774 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13775
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
13776 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
13777 ;;;;;; (14932 52544))
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
13778 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13780 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13781 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13782 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13783 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13785 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13787 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
13788 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13789 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13791 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13792 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13793 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13795 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13796 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13798 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13800 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13801 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13802 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
13803 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14895 24173))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13804 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13806 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13807 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13809 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13811 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13813 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13814 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13816 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13817 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13819 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13820 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13822 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13823 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13825 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13826 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13828 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13829 This function is obsolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13831 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13833 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
13834 ;;;;;; (14947 16781))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13835 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13837 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13838 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
13839 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13841 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13842 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13843 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13844 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13845 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13846 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13847 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
13848 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13850 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13851 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13852 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13853 \\{scheme-mode-map}
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
13854 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13855 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13857 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13858 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
13859 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13861 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13862 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13863 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13864 \\{scheme-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13865 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13866 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13867 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13869 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13870
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13871 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
13872 ;;;;;; (14791 27653))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13873 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13875 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13876 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13877 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13879 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13881 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13882
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13883 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
13884 ;;;;;; 56615))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13885 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13887 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13888 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
13889 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13890 \\{scribe-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13892 Interesting variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13894 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13895 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13897 scribe-electric-quote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13898 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13900 scribe-electric-parenthesis
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13901 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13902 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13904 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13905
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
13906 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
13907 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (14862 37894))
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
13908 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
13909
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
13910 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
13911 Control/track scroll locking.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
13912
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
13913 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
13914 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
13915
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
13916 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
13917
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
13918 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
13919
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
13920 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
13921 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil)
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
13922
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
13923 ;;;***
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
13924
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13925 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13926 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
13927 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
13928 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
13929 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
13930 ;;;;;; (14962 39487))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13931 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13933 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13934 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13936 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13937 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13938 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13939 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13940 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13941 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13942 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13943 derived from the envelope-from address.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13944
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13945 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13946 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13947 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13948 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13949
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13950 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13951 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13952 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13953
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13954 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13955 is a privileged operation.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13957 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13958 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13959 This is done when the message is initialized,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13960 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13962 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13963 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13964 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13966 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13967 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13969 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13970 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13971 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
13972 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
13973 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
13974 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13976 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13977 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13979 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13980 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13981 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13983 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13984 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13985 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13986 when you first send mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13988 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13989 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13990 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13991 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13992 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13994 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13995 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13996 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13997 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13998 This file need not actually exist.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14000 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14001 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14002 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14003 If a string, that string is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14004 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14005 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14006 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14007 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14009 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14010 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14011 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14012 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14013 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14014 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14015 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14016 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14017 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14018 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14019 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14020 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
14021 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
14022 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
14023 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14025 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14026 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14027 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14028 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14029 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14030 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14032 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14033 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14034 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14036 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14037 User should not set this variable manually,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14038 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14039 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14040 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14041 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14043 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14044 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14045 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14046 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14048 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14049 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14051 \\<mail-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14052 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14054 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14055 to move to message header fields:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14056 \\{mail-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14058 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14059 when the message is initialized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14060
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14061 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14062 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14064 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14065 is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14067 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14068 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14070 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14071 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14073 The second through fifth arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14074 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14075 the initial contents of those header fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14076 These arguments should not have final newlines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14077 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14078 original message being replied to, or else an action
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14079 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14080 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14081 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14082 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14083 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14084 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14086 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14087 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14089 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14090 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14092 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14093
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14094 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14914 10317))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14095 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14097 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14098 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14099 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14100 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14101 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14102 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14104 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14106 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14108 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14109 ;;;;;; (14501 47217))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14110 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14112 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14113 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14114 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14115 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14116 `sgml-quick-keys'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14118 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14119 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14120 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14122 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14123 your `.emacs' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14125 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14127 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14128 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14129 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14131 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14132 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14133 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14134 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14135 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14136 which this is based.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14138 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14140 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14141 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14142 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14143 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14145 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14146 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14147 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14149 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14150 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14151 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14152 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14154 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14155 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14156 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14157 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14159 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14161 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14162 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14163 To work around that, do:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14164 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14166 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14168 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14170 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
14171 ;;;;;; (14940 15186))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14172 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14174 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14176 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14177 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14178 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14179 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14180 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14181 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14183 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14184 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14185 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14186 shell-specific features.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14188 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14189 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14190 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14192 \\[sh-case] case statement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14193 \\[sh-for] for loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14194 \\[sh-function] function definition
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14195 \\[sh-if] if statement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14196 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14197 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14198 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14199 \\[sh-select] select loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14200 \\[sh-until] until loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14201 \\[sh-while] while loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14202
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14203 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14204 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14205 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14206 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14207 would indent to the way it currently is.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14208 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
14209 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14210
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14211
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14212 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14213 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14214 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14215 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14216 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14217 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14219 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14220 {, (, [, ', \", `
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14221 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14223 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14224 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14225 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14227 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14228 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14230 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14232 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14234 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14235 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14238 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14239 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14241 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14242 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14243 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14244 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14245 the earlier.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14247 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14249 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14251 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14252 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14253 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14255 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14256 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14258 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14259 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14260 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14261 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14262 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14263 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14264 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14265 emacs version).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14267 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14268 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14269 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14270 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14271 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14273 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14274 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14275 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14277 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14278
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14279 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14280 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (14983
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14281 ;;;;;; 1207))
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14282 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14283
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14284 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14285 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14286 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14287 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14288 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14289 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14290 in the cluster." t nil)
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14291
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14292 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14293 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14294 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14295 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14296 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14297
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14298 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14299 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14300 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14301 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14302 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14303 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14304 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14305
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14306 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14307 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14308
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14309 ;;;***
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14310
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14311 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
14312 ;;;;;; (14964 4164))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14313 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14314
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14315 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
14316 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
14317 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
14318 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
14319 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
14320 arguments.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14322 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14323 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14324 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14325 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
14326 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14327 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14328 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14329 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14330 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14331 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14332 discards input when it starts up.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14333 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14334 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14335 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14337 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14338 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14339 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14340 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14341 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14342 `default-process-coding-system'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14344 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14345 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14346 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14347 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14349 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14350 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14352 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14353
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14354 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14355 ;;;;;; 23740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14356 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14358 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14359 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14360 \\{simula-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14361 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14362 simula-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14363 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14364 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14365 simula-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14366 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14367 simula-substatement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14368 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14369 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14370 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14371 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14372 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14373 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14374 simula-label-offset -4711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14375 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14376 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14377 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14378 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14379 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14380 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14381 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14382 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14383 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14384 simula-electric-indent nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14385 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14386 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14387 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14388 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14389 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14390 or nil if they should not be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14391 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14392 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14393 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14394 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14396 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14397 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14399 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14400 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14401 at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14403 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14405 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14406 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14407 ;;;;;; (14973 49729))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14408 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14410 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14411 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14413 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14414 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14415 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14416 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14417 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14419 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14420 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14421 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14422 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14423 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14424 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14425 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14427 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14428 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14429 ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14431 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14432 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14433 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14434 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14435 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14436 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14437 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14439 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14440 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14441 ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14443 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14444 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14446 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14447 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14448 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14449 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14451 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14452 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14453 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14454 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14456 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14457 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14458 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14460 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14461 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14463 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14464 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14466 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14467 _ interesting point, interregion here
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14468 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14469 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14470 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14471 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14472 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14473 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14474 nil skipped
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14475
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14476 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14477 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14478
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14479 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14480 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14481 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14482 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14483 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14484 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14485 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14486 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14488 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14489 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14490 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14491 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14492 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14493 available:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14495 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14496 then: insert previously read string once more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14497 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14498 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14499 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14501 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14502 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14504 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14505 Insert the character you type ARG times.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14507 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14508 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14509 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14510 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14512 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14513 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14514 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14516 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14517
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
14518 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14961
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
14519 ;;;;;; 12689))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14520 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14521
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14522 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14523 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14524 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14525
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14526 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14527
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14528 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
14529 ;;;;;; (14903 16513))
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14530 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14531
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14532 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
14533 Display textual smileys as images.
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
14534 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
14535 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
14536 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14537
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14538 ;;;***
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
14539
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14540 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14541 ;;;;;; (14342 21630))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14542 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14544 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14546 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14547
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14548 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14549 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14551 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14552 Play the Snake game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14553 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14555 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14557 snake-mode keybindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14558 \\<snake-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14559 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14560 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14561 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14562 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14563 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14564 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14565 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14567 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14569 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14570
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
14571 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14572 ;;;;;; (14550 9134))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
14573 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14575 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14576 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14577 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14578 Tab indents for C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14579 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14580 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14581 \\{snmp-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14582 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14583 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14585 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14586 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14587 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14588 Tab indents for C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14589 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14590 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14591 \\{snmp-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14592 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14593 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14595 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14597 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14598 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14599 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14600 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14602 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14603 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14605 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14606 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14607 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14609 For example, the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14611 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14612 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14614 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14616 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14617 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14619 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14620 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14621 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14622 York City.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14624 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14626 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14627 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14629 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14630 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14631 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14632 York City.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14634 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14636 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14637 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14638 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14639 pair.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14641 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14643 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14644 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14645 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14647 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14648 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14650 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14652 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14653 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14654 Requires floating point." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14656 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14658 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14659 ;;;;;; 20348))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14660 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14662 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14663 Play Solitaire.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14665 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14666 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14667 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14668 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14669 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14670 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14671 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14672 check after each move or undo)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14674 What is Solitaire?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14676 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14677 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14678 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14680 Le Solitaire
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14681 ============
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14683 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14685 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14687 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14689 o o o . o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14691 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14693 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14695 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14697 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14698 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14699 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14700 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14702 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14703 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14704 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14705 this: o o .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14707 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14708 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14710 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14712 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14714 . o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14716 o o . o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14718 o . o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14720 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14722 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14724 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14726 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14728 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14730 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14732 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14733 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14734 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14906 5643))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14735 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14737 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14738 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14739 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14741 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14742 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14743 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14744 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14745 contiguous.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14747 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14748 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14749 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14750 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14752 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14753 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14755 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14756 It moves point to the start of the next record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14757 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14758 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14759 is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14761 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14762 It should move point to the end of the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14764 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14765 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14766 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14767 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14768 starts at the beginning of the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14770 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14771 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14772 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14774 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14775 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14776 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14777 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14778 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14779 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14781 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14782 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14783 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14784 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14785 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14786 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14788 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14789 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14790 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14791 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14792 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14793 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14795 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14796 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14797 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
14798 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
14799 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
14800 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14801 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14802 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14803 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14805 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14806 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14807 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14808 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14809 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14810 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14811 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14812 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14814 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14815 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14816 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14817 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14818 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14819 is to be used for sorting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14820 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14821 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14822 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14823 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14824 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14826 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14828 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14829 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14831 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14832 starting with the letter \"f\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14833 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14835 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14836 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
14837 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14838 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14839 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
14840 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14841 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14842 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14844 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14845 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14846 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14847 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14848 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14850 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14851 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14852 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14854 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14856 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14857 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14984 4080))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14858 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14860 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14862 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14863 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14864 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14865 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14866 supported at a time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14867 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14868 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14870 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14871 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14872 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14873 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14875 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14877 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14878 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (14977 56205))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14881 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14883 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14884 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14885 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14886 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14887 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14888 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14890 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14891 Check spelling of word at or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14892 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14893 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14895 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14896 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14897 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14898 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14899 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14901 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14902 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14904 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14905
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
14906 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14821
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
14907 ;;;;;; 31351))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14908 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14910 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14911 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14913 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14914 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14916 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14917
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14918 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14919 ;;;;;; sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
14920 ;;;;;; "progmodes/sql.el" (14911 13239))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14921 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14923 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14924 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14926 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14927 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14929 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14931 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14933 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14935 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14936 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14937 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14938 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14939 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14940 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14941 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14943 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14945 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14946 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14947 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14948 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14950 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14951 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14952 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14953 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14955 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14956 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14957 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14959 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14960 Major mode to edit SQL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14962 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14963 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14964 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14965
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14966 \\{sql-mode-map}
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14967 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14969 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14970 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14971 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14972 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14973 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14974 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14976 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14977 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14978
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14979 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14980 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14981
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14982 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14983 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14984 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14985
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14986 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14987 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14988 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14989 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14990
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14991 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14992 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14993
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14994 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14995 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14996 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14997 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14998 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14999 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15000
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15001 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15002
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15003 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15004 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15005
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15006 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15007 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15008 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15009
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15010 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15011 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15012 `sql-database' as defaults, if set.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15013
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15014 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15015 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15016
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15017 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15018 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15019 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15020 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15021 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15022 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15023
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15024 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15025
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15026 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15027 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15028
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15029 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15030 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15031 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15032
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15033 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15034 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15035
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15036 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15037 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15038
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15039 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15040 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15041 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15042 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15043 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15044 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15045
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15046 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15047
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15048 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15049 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15050
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15051 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate;
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15052 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15053
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15054 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15055 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15056 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15057
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15058 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15059 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15060 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15061
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15062 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15063 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15064
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15065 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15066 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15067 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15068 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15069 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15070 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15071
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15072 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15073
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15074 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15075 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15076
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15077 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15078 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15079 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15080
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15081 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15082 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15083 defaults, if set.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15084
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15085 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15086 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15087
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15088 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15089 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15090 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15091 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15092 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15093 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15094
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15095 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15096
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15097 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15098 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15099
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15100 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15101 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15102 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15103
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15104 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15105 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15106
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15107 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15108 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15109
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15110 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15111 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15112 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15113 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15114 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15115 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15116
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15117 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15118
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15119 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15120 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15121
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15122 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15123 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15124 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15125
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15126 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15127 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15128 as defaults, if set.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15129
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15130 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15131 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15132
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15133 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15134 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15135 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15136 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15137 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15138 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15139
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15140 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15141
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15142 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15143 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15145 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15146 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15147 `*SQL*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15149 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15150 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15152 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15153 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15155 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15156 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15157 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15158 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15159 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15160 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15161 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15162 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15164 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15165 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15167 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15169 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15170
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15171 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15172 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15173 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15174 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15175 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
15176 ;;;;;; (14787 15136))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15177 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15179 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15180 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15181 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15182 or M-x strokes-mode.")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15183
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15184 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15185
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15186 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15188 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15189 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15190 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15191 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15192 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15193 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15195 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15197 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15198 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15199 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15200 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15201 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15202 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15203 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15205 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15206 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15207 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15208 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15209 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15210 then complete the stroke with button3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15211 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15213 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15214 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15215 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15217 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15218 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15219 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15221 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15222 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15224 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15226 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15227 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15229 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15230 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15232 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15233
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15234 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15235 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15236 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15237 chronologically by command name.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15238 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15239
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15240 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15241 Toggle strokes being enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15242 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15243 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15244 mode in all buffers when activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15245 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15246 new strokes with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15248 > M-x global-set-stroke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15250 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15251 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15252 strokes with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15254 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15255 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15256
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15257 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15258 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15259 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15260 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15261
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15262 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15263 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
15264
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15265 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15266
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15267 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-word studlify-region) "studly" "play/studly.el"
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
15268 ;;;;;; (14821 31351))
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15269 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15270
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15271 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15272 Studlify-case the region" t nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15273
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15274 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15275 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument" t nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15276
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15277 ;;;***
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
15278
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15279 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
15280 ;;;;;; (14565 55801))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15281 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15283 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15284 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15285 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15286 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15287 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15288 original message but it does require a few things:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15290 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15292 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15293 reply buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15295 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15296 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15297 original message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15299 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15301 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15303 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15304 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15305 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15307 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15308
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
15309 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15310 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15312 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15313 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15314 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15315 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15316 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15318 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15319 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15320 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15321 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15322 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15323 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15324 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15326 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15327
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15328 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15329 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15331 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15332 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15334 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15335
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
15336 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14903 16513))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15337 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15339 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15340 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15341 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15342 Letters no longer insert themselves.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15343 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15344 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15345 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15347 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15348 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15349 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15350 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15352 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15353 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15355 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15356
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15357 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
35744
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
15358 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14965 55646))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15359 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15360
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15361 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15362 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15363 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15364 Tab indents for Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15365 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15366 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15367
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15368 Variables controlling indentation style:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15369 tcl-indent-level
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15370 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15371 tcl-continued-indent-level
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15372 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15373
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15374 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15375 documentation for details):
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15376 tcl-tab-always-indent
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15377 Controls action of TAB key.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15378 tcl-auto-newline
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15379 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15380 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15381 tcl-electric-hash-style
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15382 Controls action of `#' key.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15383 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15384 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15385 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15386 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15387 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15388 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15389
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15390 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15391 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15392 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15393 already exist.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15394
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15395 Commands:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15396 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15397
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15398 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15399 Run inferior Tcl process.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15400 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15401 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15402
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15403 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15404 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15405 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15406
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15407 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15408
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
15409 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (14550 7962))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
15410 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15411 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15413 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15414 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15415 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15416 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15417 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15418 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15419 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15420 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15422 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15423 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15424 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15425 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15427 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15428
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
15429 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14921
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
15430 ;;;;;; 47235))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15431 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15433 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15434 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15435 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15436 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15437 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15438 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15440 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15441 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15443 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15444 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15446 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15447
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15448 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14758
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
15449 ;;;;;; 10468))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15450 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15452 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15453 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15454 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15455 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15456 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15457 program as keyboard input.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15459 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15460 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15461 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15462 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15464 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15465 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15466 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15467 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15468 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15470 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15472 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15473 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15474 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15475 terminal-redisplay-interval.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15477 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15478 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15479 subprocess started." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15481 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15482
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15483 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15484 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15486 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15487 Play the Tetris game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15488 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15489 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15490 as to form complete rows.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15492 tetris-mode keybindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15493 \\<tetris-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15494 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15495 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15496 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15497 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15498 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15499 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15500 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15501 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15503 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15505 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15507 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15508 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15509 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15510 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15511 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15512 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15513 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
15514 ;;;;;; (14890 7814))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15515 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15517 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15518 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15520 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15521 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15522 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15523 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15524 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15526 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15527 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15528 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15529 if it matches the first line of the file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15530 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15532 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15533 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15534 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15535 if the variable is non-nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15537 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15538 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15540 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15541 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15542 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15543 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15545 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15546 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15547 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15548 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15550 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15551 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15552 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15553 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15555 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15556 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15557 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15558 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15560 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15561 *User defined LaTeX block names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15562 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15564 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15565 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15566 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15567 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15569 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15570 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15571 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15572 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15574 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15575 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15576 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15577 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15579 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15580 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15581 for example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15583 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15584 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15586 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15587 use.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15589 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15590 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15591 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15592 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15594 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15595 window system being used. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15597 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15598 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15600 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15601 otherwise.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15603 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15604 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15605 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15606
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15607 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15608 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15609 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15610 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15611 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15613 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15614 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15616 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15617 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15619 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15620 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15621 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15622 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15623 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15624 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15625 says which mode to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15627 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15629 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15631 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15633 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15634 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15635 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15636 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15637 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15639 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15640 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15641 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15642 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15643 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15644 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15645 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15647 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15648 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15650 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15651 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15653 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15654 tex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15655 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15656 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15657 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15658 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15659 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15660 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15661 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15662 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15663 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15664 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15665 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15666 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15667 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15668 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15670 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15671 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15672 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15674 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15675 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15676 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15677 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15678 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15680 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15681 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15682 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15683 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15684 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15685 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15686 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15688 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15689 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15691 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15692 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15694 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15695 latex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15696 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15697 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15698 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15699 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15700 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15701 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15702 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15703 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15704 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15705 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15706 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15707 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15708 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15709 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15711 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15712 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15713 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15715 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15716 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15717 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15718 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15719 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15721 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15722 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15723 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15724 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15725 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15726 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15727 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15729 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15730 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15732 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15733 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15735 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15736 slitex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15737 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15738 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15739 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15740 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15741 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15742 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15743 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15744 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15745 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15746 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15747 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15748 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15749 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15750 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15752 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15753 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15754 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15755 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15757 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15759 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15761 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
15762 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 36293))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15763 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15765 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15766 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15767 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15768 name specified in the @setfilename command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15770 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15771 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15772 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15774 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15775 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15776 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15777 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15778 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15780 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15781 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15782 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15783 names specified in the @setfilename command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15785 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15786 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15787 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15788 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15790 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15791 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15793 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15794
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
15795 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
15796 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (14952 28641))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15797 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15798
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
15799 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
15800 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
15801
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
15802 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
15803 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
15804
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15805 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15806 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15808 It has these extra commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15809 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15811 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15812 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15813 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15814 modified version of TeX input format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15816 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15817 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15818 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15819 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15821 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15822 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15823 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15824 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15825 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15826 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15827 in the Texinfo file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15829 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15830 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15831 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15832 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15833 move forward past the closing brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15835 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15836 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15838 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15839 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15840 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15842 Here are the functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15844 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15845 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15846 texinfo-sequential-node-update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15848 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15849 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15850 texinfo-master-menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15852 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15854 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15855 which menu descriptions are indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15857 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15858 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15859 in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15861 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15862 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15863 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15864 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15866 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15867 be the first node in the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15868
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
15869
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
15870 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
15871 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15873 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15874
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15875 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15876 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15877 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (14647 32047))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15878 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15880 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15881 Compose Thai characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15882 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15883 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15884
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15885 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15886 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15887
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15888 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15889 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15891 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15892
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15893 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15894 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15895 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15896 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15897 to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15898
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15899 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15901 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15902
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15903 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15904 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
15905 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14746 24125))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15906 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15908 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15909 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15911 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15912 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15913 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15914 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15915 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15917 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15918 a symbol as a valid THING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15920 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15921 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15923 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15924 Return the THING at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15925 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15926 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15927 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15929 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15930 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15931
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15932 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15933
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15934 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15935
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15936 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15937
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15938 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
15939
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15940 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15942 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15943 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15944 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15945 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15946 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14672
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15947 ;;;;;; 33974))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15948 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15949
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15950 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15951 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15952 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15953
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15954 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15955 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15956
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15957 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15958 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15959 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15961 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15962 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15964 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15965 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15966
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15967 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15968 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15969 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15970 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15971
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15972 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15973 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15974 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15975 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15976
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15977 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15979 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15980 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
15981 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15983 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15984 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15985 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15987 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15989 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15991 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15992
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15993 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
15994 ;;;;;; (14883 35719))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15995 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15996
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15997 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15998 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15999 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16000 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16001 parameters.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16002 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16003
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16004 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16005 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16006 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16007 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16008 parameters.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16009 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16010
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16011 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16012
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16013 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
16014 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (14854 32222))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16015 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16017 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16018 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16020 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16021 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16022 This display updates automatically every minute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16023 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16024 are displayed as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16025 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16026
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16027 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
16028 Toggle Display-Time mode on or off.
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
16029 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16030 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16031 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16032
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16033 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16034
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16035 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16036
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16037 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16038 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16039 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16041 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16042 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16043 are displayed as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16044 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16046 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16047
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16048 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
16049 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16050 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16051
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16052 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16053 Convert DATE into time." nil nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16054
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16055 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16056 Parse DATE and return a time structure.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16057 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16058
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16059 ;;;***
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16060
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16061 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
35744
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
16062 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14966 38375))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16063 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16065 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16066 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16067 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16068 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16069 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16070 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16071 look like one of the following:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16072 Time-stamp: <>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16073 Time-stamp: \" \"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16074 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16075 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16076 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16077 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16078 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16079 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16080 template." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16082 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16083 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16084 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16086 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16087
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16088 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16089 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16090 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16091 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
16092 ;;;;;; (14987 38427))
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16093 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16094
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16095 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16096 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16097 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16098 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16099 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16100 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16101 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16102 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16103
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16104 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16105 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16106 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16107 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16108 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16109 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16110 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16111 this function is called within a day.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16112
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16113 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16114 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16115 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16116 discover the name of the project." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16117
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16118 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16119 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16120 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16121 begun during the last time segment.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16122
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16123 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16124 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16125 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16126 discover the reason." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16127
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16128 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16129 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16130
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16131 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16132 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16133 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16134 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16135 project you were working on." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16136
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16137 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16138 Ask the user before clocking out.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16139 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16140
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16141 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16142 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16143 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16144
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16145 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16146 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16147 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16148 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16149 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16150 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16151
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16152 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16153 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16154 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16155 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16156
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16157 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16158 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16159 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16160 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16161 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16162 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16163 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16164 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16165 non-nil." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16166
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16167 ;;;***
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16168
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16169 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16170 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16171 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (14766 7772))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16172 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16174 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16176 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16177 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16179 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16180 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16182 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16183 Perform an action at time TIME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16184 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16185 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16186 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16187 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16188 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16189 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16191 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16193 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16194 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16195 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16196 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16197 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16199 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16201 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16202 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16203 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16204 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16205
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16206 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16207 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16208 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16209 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16210
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16211 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16212 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16214 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16215 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16217 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16218 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16219 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16220 The call should look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16221 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16222 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16223 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16224 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16225 be detected." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16227 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16229 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
16230 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (14821 31351))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16231 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16233 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16234 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16235 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16236 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16238 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16239 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16240 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16241 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16242 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16243 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16244 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16246 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16248 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
16249 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14894 24689))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16250 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16251 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16252 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16253 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16255 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16256 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16257 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16258 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16259 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16261 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16262 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16263 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16264 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16265 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16267 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16268 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16269 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16270 in the menu in two ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16271 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16272 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16273 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16275 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16276 keymap or an alist of alists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16277 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16278 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16280 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16281
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16282 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16283 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
16284 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14930 62509))
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16285 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16286
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16287 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16288 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16289
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16290 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16291 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16292
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16293 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16294 Insert new TODO list entry.
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16295 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16296 category." t nil)
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16297
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16298 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16299 List top priorities for each category.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16300
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16301 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16302 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16303
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16304 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16305 between each category." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16306
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16307 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
16308 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16309 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16310 between each category.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16311
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16312 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16313
35196
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16314 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16315 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16316
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16317 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16318
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16319 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16320 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16321
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16322 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16323 Show TODO list." t nil)
eb8cfdc5cabf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34166
diff changeset
16324
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16325 ;;;***
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16326
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16327 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
16328 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (14968 4512))
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16329 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16330
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16331 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
16332 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
16333 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16334 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16335 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16336
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
16337 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16338
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16339 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16340
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16341 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16342 Toggle use of the tool bar.
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
16343 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16344
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16345 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16346 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16347
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16348 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16349 Add an item to the tool bar.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16350 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16351 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16352 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16353 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16354
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
16355 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
16356 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
16357 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16358
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16359 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16360 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16361 function." nil nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16362
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16363 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16364 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16365 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16366 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16367 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16368 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16369 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16370
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16371 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16372 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
16373 function." nil nil)
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16374
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16375 ;;;***
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16376
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16377 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
16378 ;;;;;; (14950 65525))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16379 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16381 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16382 Mode for tooltip display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16383 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16384
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16385 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16386 Toggle tooltip-mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16387 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16388 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16389
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16390 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16391
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16392 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16393
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16394 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16395
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
16396 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14892
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
16397 ;;;;;; 62617))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16398 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16400 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16402 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16404 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16405 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16407 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16409 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
16410 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (14892 62636))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16411 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16413 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16414 Set scroll margins." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16416 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16417 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16419 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16420 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16422 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16423
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16424 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16425 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16427 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16428 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16429 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16430 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16431 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16433 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16435 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
16436 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16437 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16439 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16440 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16442 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16443 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16444 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16445 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16446 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16447 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16448 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16449 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16451 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16452 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16453 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16454 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16455 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16456 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16457 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16459 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16461 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
16462 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (14876 60333))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16463 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16464 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16465 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16466 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16468 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16469 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16470 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16471 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16472 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16473 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16474 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16476 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16477 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16478 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16479 accepting the proposed default buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16481 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16483 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16484 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16485 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16486 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16487 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16488 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16489 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16491 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16492 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16494 First column's text sSs Second column's text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16495 \\___/\\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16496 / \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16497 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16499 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16501 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16503 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16504 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16505 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
16506 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14891 28342))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16507 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16509 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16510 Toggle typing break mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16511 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16512 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16513 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16515 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16517 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16519 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16520 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16522 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16523 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16525 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16526 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16527 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16529 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16530 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16532 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16533 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16534 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16536 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16537 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16538 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16539 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16540 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16541 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16543 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16544 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16545 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16546 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16548 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16549 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16551 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16552 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16554 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16555 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16556 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16558 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16559 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16560 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16561 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16562 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16563 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16564 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16566 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16567 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16569 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16570 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16571 reset the keystroke counter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16573 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16574 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16575 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16576 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16578 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16579 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16580 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16581 `type-break-schedule' command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16583 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16584 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16585 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16586 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16587 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16588 or not to continue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16590 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16591 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16592 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16593 approximate good values for this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16595 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16596 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16598 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16599 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16600 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16601 `type-break-warning-repeat'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16602 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16603 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16605 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16606 a typing break occur. They include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16608 `type-break-query-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16609 `type-break-query-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16610 `type-break-query-interval'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16612 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16614 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16615 Take a typing break.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16617 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16618 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16620 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16621 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16623 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16624 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16625 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16626 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16628 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16629 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16631 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16632 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16633 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16634 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16635 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16636 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16637 average typing speed.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16639 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16640 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16641 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16642 the computed maximum threshold.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16644 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16645 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16646 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16647 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16648 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16650 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16652 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16653 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16654 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16656 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16657 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16658 Works by overstriking underscores.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16659 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16660 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16662 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16663 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16664 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16665 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16667 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16669 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16670 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16671 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16673 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16674 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16675 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16677 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16678 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16679 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16680 following the containing message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16682 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16684 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16685 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16686 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16688 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16689 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16690 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16691 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16692 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16693 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16695 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16696 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16698 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16700 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
16701 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16702 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16704 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16705 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16706 This function has a choice of three things to do:
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16707 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16708 to refrain from editing the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16709 return t (grab the lock on the file)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16710 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16711 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16712 in any way you like." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16714 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16715 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16716 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16717 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16718 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16720 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16721 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16723 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16724
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16725 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
16726 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (14877 36787))
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16727 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16728
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16729 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
16730 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
16731 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
16732 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16733
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16734 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
16735 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16736 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16737
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16738 ;;;***
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16739
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16740 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16741 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16742 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16743 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16744 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
16745 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14969 40882))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16746 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16748 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16749 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16750 See `run-hooks'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16752 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16753 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16754 See `run-hooks'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16756 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16757 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary and execute the body.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16758 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16759 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16760 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16761 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16763 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16764 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16765 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16766 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16767 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16769 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16770 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16771
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16772 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16773 it will operate on the file in the current line.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16774
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16775 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16776 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16777 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16778 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16779 lock steals will raise an error.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16780
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16781 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16783 For RCS and SCCS files:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16784 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16785 control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16786 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16787 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16788 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16789 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16790 it performs a revert.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16791 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16792 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16793 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16794 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16795 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16796 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16797 the option to steal the lock.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16799 For CVS files:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16800 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16801 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16802 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16803 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16804 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16805 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16806 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16807 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16808 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16810 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16811 Register the current file into a version control system.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16812 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16813 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16814
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16815 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16816 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16817 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16818 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16819 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16820 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16822 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16823 Display diffs between file versions.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16824 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16825 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16826 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16827 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16829 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16830 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16831 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16832 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16834 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16835 Insert headers in a file for use with your version control system.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16836 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16837 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16838
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16839 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16840 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16841 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16842 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16843 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16844 from the current branch.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16845
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16846 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16848 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16849 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16850 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16851
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16852 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16853 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16854
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16855 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16856
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16857 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16858 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16860 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16861 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16862 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16863 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16864 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16865 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16867 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16868 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16869 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16870 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16871 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16872 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16874 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16875 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16877 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16878 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16879 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16880 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16881 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16883 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16884 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16885 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16887 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16888 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16890 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16891 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16892 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16893 directory.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16894
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16895 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16897 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16898 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16899 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16900
32115
5357a26e85d1 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
16901 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16902 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16904 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16905 Display the result of the \"Annotate\" command using colors.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16906 \"Annotate\" is defined by `vc-BACKEND-annotate-command'. New lines
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
16907 are displayed in red, old in blue. When given a prefix argument, asks
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
16908 for a version to annotate from, and a factor for stretching the time
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33357
diff changeset
16909 scale.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16911 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16912 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16913 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16914 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16916 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16917
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
16918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (14970 24561))
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16919 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16920 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16921 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16922 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16923 (require 'vc-cvs)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16924 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16925
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16926 ;;;***
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16927
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16928 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
16929 ;;;;;; (14969 40939))
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16930 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16931
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16932 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16933 *Where to look for RCS master files.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16934 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16935
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16936 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16937
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16938 ;;;***
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16939
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16940 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
16941 ;;;;;; (14969 40980))
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16942 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16943
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16944 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16945 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16946 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16947
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16948 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16949
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16950 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16951 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16952 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16953 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16954
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16955 ;;;***
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
16956
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16957 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
16958 ;;;;;; (14385 23382))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16959 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16961 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16962 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16964 Usage:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16965 ------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16967 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16968 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16969 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16970 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16971 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16972 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16973 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16974 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16975 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16976 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16977 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16978 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16979 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16980 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16981 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16982 The following abbreviations can also be used:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16983 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16984 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16985 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16987 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16988 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16989 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16991 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16992 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16993 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16994 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16995 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16996 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16997 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16998 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16999 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17001 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17002 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17003 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17004 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17005 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17006 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17007 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17008 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17010 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17011 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17012 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17014 - COMMENTS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17015 `--' puts a single comment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17016 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17017 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17018 comment in between.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17019 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17020 following lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17021 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17022 uncomments a region if already commented out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17024 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17025 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17026 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17027 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17028 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17029 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17030 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17031 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17032 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17033 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17034 multi-line comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17036 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17037 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17038 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17039 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17040 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17041 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17042 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17043 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17044 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17046 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17047 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17048 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17049 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17050 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17051 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17052 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17053 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17054 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17055 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17057 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17058 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17059 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17060 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17061 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17062 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17063 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17064 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17065 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17066 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17067 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17068 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17069 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17071 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17073 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17074 menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17076 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17078 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17079 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17080 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17081 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17082 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17084 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17085 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17086 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17087 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17088 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17089 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17090 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17091 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17092 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17094 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17095 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17096 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17097 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17098 specified.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17100 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17101 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17102 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17103 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17104 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17105 the current directory for VHDL source files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17107 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17108 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17109 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17110 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17111 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17112 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17113 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17114 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17115 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17116 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17117 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17119 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17120 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17121 Math Packages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17123 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17124 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17125 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17126 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17127 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17128 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17129 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17130 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17132 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17133 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17134 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17135 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17136 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17137 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17139 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17140 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17141 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17142 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17143 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17145 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17146 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17147 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17148 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17149 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17151 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17152 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17153 highlighted if written in lower case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17155 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17156 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17157 is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17159 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17160 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17161 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17163 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17164 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17165 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17167 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17168 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17169 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17171 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17172 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17173 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17174 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17175 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17176 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17177 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17179 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17180 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17181 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17182 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17183 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17185 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17186 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17187 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17188 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17190 - HINTS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17191 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17194 Maintenance:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17195 ------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17197 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17198 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17200 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17202 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17203 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17204 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17205 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17207 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17208 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17209 version and release notes can be found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17212 Bugs and Limitations:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17213 ---------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17215 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17216 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17217 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17218 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17219 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17220 does not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17223 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17224 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17226 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17227 -------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17229 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17231 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17232
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17233 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17234 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17236 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17237 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17238 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17239 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17241 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17242 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17243 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17244 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17245 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17247 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17248 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17250 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17252 * Limitations and unsupported features
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17253 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17254 not supported.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17255 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17256 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17258 * Modifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17259 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17260 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17261 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17262 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17263 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17264 for undoing a repeated change command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17265 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17266 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17267 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17269 * Extensions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17270 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17271 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17272 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17273 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17274 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17275 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17276 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17277 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17279 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17281 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17283 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17284 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17285 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17286 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (14623 45992))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17287 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17289 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17290 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17292 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17293 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17294 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17295 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17297 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17298 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17300 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17301 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17302 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17303 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17305 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17306 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17308 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17310 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17312 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17314 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17315 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
17316 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14862
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
17317 ;;;;;; 37894))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17318 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17320 (defvar view-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17321 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17322 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17323 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17325 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17327 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17328 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17329 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17330 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17331 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17332 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17333 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17335 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17337 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17338 View FILE in View mode in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17339 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17340 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17341 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17342 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17343 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17344 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17346 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17348 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17349 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17350 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17351 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17352 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17353 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17354 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17355 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17357 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17359 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17360 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17361 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17362 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17363 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17364 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17365 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17367 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17369 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17370 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17371 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17373 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17374 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17375 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17376 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17377 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17378 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17379 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17380 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17382 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17384 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17385 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17386 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17388 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17389 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17390 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17391 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17392 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17393 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17394 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17395 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17397 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17399 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17400 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17401 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17403 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17404 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17405 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17407 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17408 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17409 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17410 read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17411 \\<view-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17412 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17413 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17414 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17415 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17416 commands default to a repeat count of one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17418 H, h, ? This message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17419 Digits provide prefix arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17420 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17421 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17422 > move to the end of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17423 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17424 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17425 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17426 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17427 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17428 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17429 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17430 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17431 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17432 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17433 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17434 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17435 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17436 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17437 Use this to view a changing file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17438 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17439 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17440 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17441 . set the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17442 x exchanges point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17443 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17444 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17445 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17446 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17447 ' go to position saved in character register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17448 s do forward incremental search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17449 r do reverse incremental search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17450 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17451 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17452 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17453 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17454 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17455 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17456 p searches backward for last regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17457 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17458 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17459 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17460 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17461 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17462 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17463 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17464 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17466 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17467 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17468 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17469 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17470 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17471 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17472 will return to that buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17474 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17476 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17477 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17478 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17479 `view-return-to-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17480 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17481 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17482 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17484 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17485 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17486 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17487 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17488 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17489 1) nil Do nothing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17490 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17491 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17492 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17493 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17495 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17497 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17499 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17500 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17502 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17503
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17504 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17505 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17507 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17508 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17510 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17512 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
17513 ;;;;;; (14952 1209))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17516 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17517 Toggle Viper on/off.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
17518 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17520 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17521 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17523 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17524
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
17525 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14550 8900))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
17526 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17528 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17529 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17531 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17532 hotlist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17534 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17535 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17537 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17539 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
17540 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14979 6727))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17541 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17543 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17544 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17545 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17546 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17548 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17550 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17552 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17554 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17555 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17556 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17557 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17558
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17559 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17560 and off otherwise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17562 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17563
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17564 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17565 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
17566 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14933 40934))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17567 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17568
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17569 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17570 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17571 These are:
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17572 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17573 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17574 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17575 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17576 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17577
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17578 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17579 and:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17580 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17581 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17582
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17583 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17584 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17585
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17586 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17587 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17588
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17589 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17590 whitespace problems." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17591
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17592 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17593 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17594
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17595 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17596 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17597
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17598 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17599 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17600 \(which see).")
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17601
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17602 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17603
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17604 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17605
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17606 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17607 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17608
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17609 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17610 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17611
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17612 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17613 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17614 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17615 replaced with TABS).
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17616 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17617 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17618
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17619 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17620
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
17621 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
17622 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17623
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17624 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17625 i - Indentation whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17626 l - Leading whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17627 s - Space followed by Tab.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17628 t - Trailing whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17629
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17630 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
17631 !<y>.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17632
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17633 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17634 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17635 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17636 always they default to 8.)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17637
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17638 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17639 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17640 even print it.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17641
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17642 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17643 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17644 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17645 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17646 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17647 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17648 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17649 to set smarttab.)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17650
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17651 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17652 merge problems.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17653
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17654 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
33002
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17655 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
f0deca352ce9 Update.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32115
diff changeset
17656 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17657
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17658 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17659
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17660 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
35668
255153b4edca *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35411
diff changeset
17661 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (14839 64808))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17662 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17664 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17665 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17667 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17668 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17670 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17671 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17673 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17674 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17675 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17677 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17679 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
17680 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14980 37308))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17681 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17683 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17684 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17685 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17687 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
17688 Create widget of TYPE.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17689 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17691 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17692 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17694 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17695
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17696 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
17697 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14747
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
17698 ;;;;;; 44775))
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17699 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17700
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17701 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17702 Select the window to the left of the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17703 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17704 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17705 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17706 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17707 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17708
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17709 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17710 Select the window above the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17711 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17712 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17713 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17714 negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17715 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17716
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17717 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17718 Select the window to the right of the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17719 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17720 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17721 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17722 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17723 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17724
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17725 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17726 Select the window below the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17727 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17728 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17729 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17730 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17731 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17732
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17733 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17734 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17735
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17736 ;;;***
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
17737
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17738 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17739 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17740 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17741
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17742 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17743 Toggle winner-mode.
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17745 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17746
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17747 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17748
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17749 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17750
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17751 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17752 Toggle Winner mode.
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17753 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17754
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17755 ;;;***
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
17756
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17757 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
35744
497c28f292c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35668
diff changeset
17758 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14966 38375))
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17759 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17760
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17761 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
17762 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17763 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17764 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17765 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17766 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17767 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17768 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17769
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
17770 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
17771 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17772
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17773 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17774 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17775
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17776 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17777 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17778 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17779 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
17780 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17781 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17782 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17783 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17784
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17785 ;;;***
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
17786
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17787 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17788 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17789 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17791 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17792 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17794 BUGS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17795 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17796 are not implemented
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17797 - Options for search and replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17798 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17799 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17801 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17802 Emacs-like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17804 The key bindings are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17806 C-a backward-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17807 C-b fill-paragraph
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17808 C-c scroll-up-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17809 C-d forward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17810 C-e previous-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17811 C-f forward-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17812 C-g delete-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17813 C-h backward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17814 C-i indent-for-tab-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17815 C-j help-for-help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17816 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17817 C-l ws-repeat-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17818 C-n open-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17819 C-p quoted-insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17820 C-r scroll-down-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17821 C-s backward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17822 C-t kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17823 C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17824 C-v overwrite-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17825 C-w scroll-down
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17826 C-x next-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17827 C-y kill-complete-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17828 C-z scroll-up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17830 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17831 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17832 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17833 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17834 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17835 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17836 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17837 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17838 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17839 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17840 C-k b ws-begin-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17841 C-k c ws-copy-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17842 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17843 C-k f find-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17844 C-k h ws-show-markers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17845 C-k i ws-indent-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17846 C-k k ws-end-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17847 C-k p ws-print-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17848 C-k q kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17849 C-k r insert-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17850 C-k s save-some-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17851 C-k t ws-mark-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17852 C-k u ws-exdent-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17853 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17854 C-k v ws-move-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17855 C-k w ws-write-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17856 C-k x kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17857 C-k y ws-delete-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17859 C-o c wordstar-center-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17860 C-o b switch-to-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17861 C-o j justify-current-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17862 C-o k kill-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17863 C-o l list-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17864 C-o m auto-fill-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17865 C-o r set-fill-column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17866 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17867 C-o wd delete-other-windows
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17868 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17869 C-o wo other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17870 C-o wv split-window-vertically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17872 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17873 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17874 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17875 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17876 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17877 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17878 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17879 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17880 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17881 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17882 C-q a ws-query-replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17883 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17884 C-q c end-of-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17885 C-q d end-of-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17886 C-q f ws-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17887 C-q k ws-to-block-end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17888 C-q l ws-undo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17889 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17890 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17891 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17892 C-q w ws-last-error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17893 C-q y ws-kill-eol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17894 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17895 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17897 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17898
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17899 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
17900 ;;;;;; 149))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17901 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17903 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17904 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17905 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17907 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17909 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17911 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
17912 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (14810 62720))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17913 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17915 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17916 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17918 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17919 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17921 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17922 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17923 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17925 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17926 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17928 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17929
33357
482cbaef2af5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33033
diff changeset
17930 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (14821 31351))
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
17931 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
17932
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
17933 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
17934 Zone out, completely." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
17935
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
17936 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
17937
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17938 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
36101
3fbc0a866e43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35744
diff changeset
17939 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (14550 9028))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
17940 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17942 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17943 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17944
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17945 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17946 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17947
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17948 Zone-mode does two things:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17949
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17950 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17951 when saving the file
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17952
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17953 - fontification" t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17955 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17957 ;;; Local Variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17958 ;;; version-control: never
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17959 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17960 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17961 ;;; End:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17962 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here